mirror of
https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
synced 2025-03-06 21:00:59 +00:00
f5aafdfab5
Update 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1669 Co-Authored-By: Richard Mahn <richmahn@noreply.door43.org> Co-Committed-By: Richard Mahn <richmahn@noreply.door43.org>
538 KiB
538 KiB
| 1 | Book | Chapter | Verse | ID | SupportReference | OrigQuote | Occurrence | GLQuote | OccurrenceNote |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | EZR | front | intro | fa5r | 0 | # Introduction to Ezra<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezra<br><br>1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)<br>2. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)<br>3. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)<br>4. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)<br><br>### What is the Book of Ezra about?<br><br>The book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this, they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order. | |||
| 3 | EZR | 1 | intro | dd25 | 0 | # Ezra 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br><br>King Cyrus allowed the Jews to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jews<br><br>Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people. | |||
| 4 | EZR | 1 | 1 | ath4 | figs-explicit | וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס | 1 | The original Jewish readers of this book would have known that this is not a reference to the year when Cyrus first became king of the Persians. Rather, it is a reference to the later year when, by conquering Babylon, he became king over the Jews, since Babylon had previously conquered them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the first year after Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 5 | EZR | 1 | 1 | qvp1 | וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס | 1 | This expression could mean that sometime during the first year that he ruled over the Jews, Cyrus issued the decree that this verse describes. However, it could also mean that he issued this decree as soon as he became their ruler. Alternate translation: “as soon as Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” | ||
| 6 | EZR | 1 | 1 | bns6 | translate-names | לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ | 1 | **Cyrus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 7 | EZR | 1 | 1 | xkd5 | translate-names | פָּרַ֔ס | 1 | **Persia** is the name of an empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 8 | EZR | 1 | 1 | t5sz | figs-metonymy | דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | Here, **word** refers to the thing that Yahweh spoke about. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 9 | EZR | 1 | 1 | savk | figs-metonymy | דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | What Yahweh had said specifically was that, after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made that after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 10 | EZR | 1 | 1 | l953 | translate-names | יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | Yahweh | **Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. It occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 11 | EZR | 1 | 1 | y7r9 | figs-metonymy | מִפִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה | 1 | by the mouth of Jeremiah | Here, **mouth** represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “Jeremiah announced this promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 12 | EZR | 1 | 1 | fn3a | figs-synecdoche | הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ | 1 | Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus | Here the book uses one aspect of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 13 | EZR | 1 | 1 | cz5n | figs-metaphor | הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ | 1 | Here the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he **stirred up** his spirit the way winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 14 | EZR | 1 | 1 | n59e | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיַּֽעֲבֶר | 1 | The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 15 | EZR | 1 | 1 | yiq4 | figs-metonymy | וַיַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּכָל־מַלְכוּת֔וֹ | 1 | his voice went out throughout all his kingdom | **He** means Cyrus. In this context, the **sound** is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 16 | EZR | 1 | 1 | x1wz | figs-ellipsis | וְגַם־בְּמִכְתָּ֖ב | 1 | what was written was spoken | Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is: Cyrus also put this decree in writing. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 17 | EZR | 1 | 2 | arwl | figs-informremind | יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם | 1 | Here Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) | |
| 18 | EZR | 1 | 2 | aqj5 | figs-hyperbole | כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָאָ֔רֶץ | 1 | all the kingdoms of the earth | **All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. There were still some kingdoms on earth that Cyrus did not rule. However, he had conquered every other large empire in his part of the world that might have been a threat to him. Alternate translation: “has made me the unchallenged ruler over this entire land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 19 | EZR | 1 | 2 | zb3e | figs-idiom | נָ֣תַן לִ֔י | 1 | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has made me the ruler over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 20 | EZR | 1 | 2 | dcb6 | לִבְנֽוֹת־ל֣וֹ בַ֔יִת | 1 | Cyrus is not going to do the building personally. Rather, he means that he is giving the Jews, the people who worship Yahweh, permission and support to rebuild his temple, which the Babylonians had destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for the Jews, the people who worship him, to rebuild his temple” | ||
| 21 | EZR | 1 | 2 | eapm | figs-metaphor | בַ֔יִת | 1 | **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 22 | EZR | 1 | 2 | i909 | figs-informremind | בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃ | 1 | Here Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) | |
| 23 | EZR | 1 | 2 | gmx4 | translate-names | בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃ | 1 | for him a house…in Judah | **Jerusalem** is the name of a city, and **Judah** is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 24 | EZR | 1 | 3 | xf34 | figs-explicit | מִֽי־בָכֶ֣ם מִכָּל־עַמּ֗וֹ | 1 | his people | **All** could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as [1:5](../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “whoever is an Israelite, from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 25 | EZR | 1 | 3 | fq6g | figs-idiom | יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָיו֙ עִמּ֔וֹ וְיַ֕עַל | 1 | Cyrus wishing that **God** will **be** **with** these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “may his God make him successful as he goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 26 | EZR | 1 | 3 | hz9g | figs-idiom | וְיַ֕עַל לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם | 1 | Cyrus says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 27 | EZR | 1 | 3 | k839 | figs-informremind | לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּיהוּדָ֑ה | 1 | Cyrus once again provides background information about the city. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, in the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) | |
| 28 | EZR | 1 | 3 | gxbj | figs-metaphor | בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙ | 1 | **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 29 | EZR | 1 | 3 | o6x4 | figs-informremind | יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ | 1 | Here Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) | |
| 30 | EZR | 1 | 4 | t7ux | וְכָל־הַנִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔וֹ | 1 | Whoever survives in any place where he lives, let the people in that place help him | The structure of this sentence may present difficulties for some readers because the long phrase at the beginning actually describes who will receive the action, rather than who will do the action. To make things clearer for your readers, you could say first who will do the action. Alternate translation: “let the people who live in any place where Jewish survivors are in exile help them” | |
| 31 | EZR | 1 | 4 | fr03 | figs-idiom | וְכָל־הַנִּשְׁאָ֗ר | 1 | This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word **remaining** refers to people who are remaining or left over from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 32 | EZR | 1 | 4 | vvzw | figs-idiom | מִֽכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ | 1 | **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than in one’s native land. **He** means a Jew such as is described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 33 | EZR | 1 | 4 | uoep | אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ | 1 | Saying **where** and **there** together like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could omit any translation of the word “there.” | ||
| 34 | EZR | 1 | 4 | p5jk | figs-gendernotations | יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔וֹ | 1 | It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term **men** here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 35 | EZR | 1 | 4 | d9rn | figs-idiom | יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ | 1 | **Lift** here is an idiom that means help. Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 36 | EZR | 1 | 4 | f6tk | figs-explicit | הַ֨נְּדָבָ֔ה | 1 | The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in [1:7–11](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 37 | EZR | 1 | 4 | swvz | figs-metaphor | לְבֵ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ | 1 | **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and house of Yahweh to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 38 | EZR | 1 | 5 | i39z | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיָּק֜וּמוּ | 1 | The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “in response to this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 39 | EZR | 1 | 5 | hgd0 | figs-ellipsis | רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת | 1 | This is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 40 | EZR | 1 | 5 | v371 | רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת | 1 | Among the Israelites, the expression father’s house or house of the father originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word house (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” | ||
| 41 | EZR | 1 | 5 | bezo | figs-metaphor | רָאשֵׁ֣י | 1 | Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 42 | EZR | 1 | 5 | rt3n | translate-names | לִֽיהוּדָה֙ וּבִנְיָמִ֔ן | 1 | These are the names of two of the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 43 | EZR | 1 | 5 | s2yg | figs-metaphor | לְכֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָאֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔וֹ | 1 | with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up | Here the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he **stirred up** their spirits the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 44 | EZR | 1 | 5 | ywuq | figs-idiom | לַעֲל֣וֹת | 1 | In this context, the term **arose** means they took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “started making preparations to travel to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 45 | EZR | 1 | 6 | ihv7 | figs-hyperbole | וְכָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ | 1 | **All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 46 | EZR | 1 | 6 | wwg6 | figs-metaphor | חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽידֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | strengthened their hands | Here, **hands** figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 47 | EZR | 1 | 6 | sc2n | לְבַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ | 1 | This is a reference to the freewill offerings that are also mentioned in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “in addition, the people freely gave extra gifts” | ||
| 48 | EZR | 1 | 7 | bt1u | figs-explicit | כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ | 1 | **Vessels** refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 49 | EZR | 1 | 7 | bwol | translate-names | נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ | 1 | **Nebuchadnezzar** is is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 50 | EZR | 1 | 8 | emq3 | figs-metaphor | וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת | 1 | Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 51 | EZR | 1 | 8 | j32q | figs-explicit | וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת | 1 | The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so **Mithredath brought them out** from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 52 | EZR | 1 | 8 | m5w3 | translate-names | מִתְרְדָ֣ת | 1 | Mithredath…Sheshbazzar | Mithredath is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 53 | EZR | 1 | 8 | wc54 | translate-unknown | הַגִּזְבָּ֑ר | 1 | brought them out by the hand of Mithredath the treasurer | This term describes the office of a person responsible for all the valuable possessions of a monarch and for the places where they are stored safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 54 | EZR | 1 | 8 | w8rk | figs-idiom | וַֽיִּסְפְּרֵם֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר | 1 | treasurer | **He** means Mithredath, and **them** means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 55 | EZR | 1 | 8 | xkar | translate-names | לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר | 1 | **Sheshbazzar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 56 | EZR | 1 | 8 | wb5a | translate-names | לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר | 1 | This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called **Sheshbazzar** here and in [1:11](../01/11.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [5:16](../05/16.md), seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear and generally accepted explanation for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 57 | EZR | 1 | 8 | qsti | הַנָּשִׂ֖יא לִיהוּדָֽה׃ | 1 | The book says in [5:14](../05/14.md) that Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar to be the governor of the province of Judah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use that phrase to describe him here. Alternate translation: “the governor of the province of Judah” | ||
| 58 | EZR | 1 | 9 | hu9c | figs-idiom | וְאֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑ם | 1 | General Information: | This expression means this is how many there were of each kind of utensil (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 59 | EZR | 1 | 10 | ja6u | כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים | 1 | bowls | This means that these bowls were a different type of bowl than the gold ones just mentioned. It does not mean that the silver was of a different type than the silver in the basins described in [1:9](../01/09.md). | |
| 60 | EZR | 1 | 11 | z55f | כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַזָּהָ֣ב וְלַכֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְאַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת | 1 | 5400 | This expression means the total number of these gold and silver objects was **5,400**. Verses [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items because the last item on the list itself is other vessels**.** It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it. | |
| 61 | EZR | 1 | 11 | i30r | figs-idiom | הַכֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַגּוֹלָ֔ה מִבָּבֶ֖ל לִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ | 1 | Like the similar expression in [1:3](../01/03.md), here the book says **brought up** and **going up** because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 62 | EZR | 1 | 11 | kt84 | figs-abstractnouns | הַגּוֹלָ֔ה | 1 | The abstract noun **exiles** refers, in this context, to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 63 | EZR | 1 | 11 | fi2e | translate-names | מִבָּבֶ֖ל | 1 | **Babylon** is the name of a city. The book also uses this name for the empire that was once ruled from that city, and for the region that had been at the heart of this empire that became a province in the Persian Empire. The name occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 64 | EZR | 2 | intro | rr42 | 0 | # Ezra 02 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>People had to prove they were priests or that they were Jews through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) | |||
| 65 | EZR | 2 | 1 | ezk9 | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה | 1 | General Information: | The book speaks figuratively here of **the province** of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 66 | EZR | 2 | 1 | ponw | figs-metonymy | הַמְּדִינָ֗ה | 1 | **The province** means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 67 | EZR | 2 | 1 | byc2 | figs-idiom | הָֽעֹלִים֙ | 1 | went up | **Went up** means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 68 | EZR | 2 | 1 | czrg | figs-abstractnouns | מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְבָבֶ֑ל | 1 | The abstract nouns **captivity** and **exiles** refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken their ancestors prisoner and transported them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 69 | EZR | 2 | 1 | evx5 | figs-idiom | אִ֥ישׁ לְעִירֽוֹ׃ | 1 | Here, **a man** means each one or each person. Alternate translation: “they went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 70 | EZR | 2 | 2 | mxt0 | אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם | 1 | This phrase introduces a list of the men who led this group back to Judah. Alternate translation: “the leaders of this group were” | ||
| 71 | EZR | 2 | 2 | tmp8 | translate-names | זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠חֶמְיָה שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה | 1 | Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah | These are the names of twelve men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 72 | EZR | 2 | 2 | z77p | מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ | 1 | This is the number | In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in the list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “this is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town” | |
| 73 | EZR | 2 | 3 | gmbm | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 74 | EZR | 2 | 3 | zew1 | translate-names | פַרְעֹ֔שׁ | 1 | Parosh | **Parosh** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 75 | EZR | 2 | 4 | xs2j | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 76 | EZR | 2 | 4 | zhh6 | translate-names | שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה | 1 | Shephatiah | **Shephatiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 77 | EZR | 2 | 5 | d4gc | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 78 | EZR | 2 | 5 | inj3 | translate-names | אָרַ֔ח | 1 | Arah | **Arah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 79 | EZR | 2 | 6 | qyea | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִבְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 80 | EZR | 2 | 6 | fw6a | translate-names | פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ | 1 | Pahath-Moab…Jeshua | **Pahath-Moab** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 81 | EZR | 2 | 7 | a6df | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם | 1 | General Information: | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 82 | EZR | 2 | 7 | ytv9 | translate-names | עֵילָ֔ם | 1 | **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 83 | EZR | 2 | 8 | ryuy | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 84 | EZR | 2 | 8 | d53m | translate-names | זַתּ֔וּא | 1 | Zattu | **Zattu** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 85 | EZR | 2 | 9 | nbic | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 86 | EZR | 2 | 9 | da7k | translate-names | זַכָּ֔י | 1 | Zakkai | **Zakka**i is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 87 | EZR | 2 | 10 | fo1t | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 88 | EZR | 2 | 10 | jcd8 | translate-names | בָנִ֔י | 1 | Bani | **Bani** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 89 | EZR | 2 | 11 | ak1t | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י | 1 | General Information: | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 90 | EZR | 2 | 11 | h16w | translate-names | בֵבָ֔י | 1 | Bebai | **Bebai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 91 | EZR | 2 | 12 | bhyt | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 92 | EZR | 2 | 12 | rxn6 | translate-names | עַזְגָּ֔ד | 1 | Azgad | **Azgad** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 93 | EZR | 2 | 13 | yr6e | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 94 | EZR | 2 | 13 | uzn6 | translate-names | אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם | 1 | Adonikam | **Adonikam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 95 | EZR | 2 | 14 | ptzp | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 96 | EZR | 2 | 14 | qkv6 | translate-names | בִגְוָ֔י | 1 | Bigvai | **Bigvai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 97 | EZR | 2 | 15 | u5zk | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין | 1 | General Information: | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 98 | EZR | 2 | 15 | it7t | translate-names | עָדִ֔ין | 1 | Adin | **Adin** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 99 | EZR | 2 | 16 | kk2c | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר | 1 | ninety-eight | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 100 | EZR | 2 | 16 | vui3 | translate-names | אָטֵ֥ר לִֽיחִזְקִיָּ֖ה | 1 | Ater | **Ater** is the name of a man, and **Hezekiah** is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 101 | EZR | 2 | 17 | qo8d | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 102 | EZR | 2 | 17 | t3k5 | translate-names | בֵצָ֔י | 1 | Bezai | **Bezai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 103 | EZR | 2 | 18 | ghnw | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 104 | EZR | 2 | 18 | k95c | translate-names | יוֹרָ֔ה | 1 | **Jorah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 105 | EZR | 2 | 19 | i6kg | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם | 1 | General Information: | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 106 | EZR | 2 | 19 | j9nm | translate-names | חָשֻׁ֔ם | 1 | Hashum | **Hashum** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 107 | EZR | 2 | 20 | r5bq | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר | 1 | Gibbar | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 108 | EZR | 2 | 20 | g26q | translate-names | גִבָּ֖ר | 1 | ninety-five | **Gibbar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 109 | EZR | 2 | 21 | iu4s | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ | 1 | The sons of Bethlehem | The list speaks here of the town of **Bethlehem** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 110 | EZR | 2 | 21 | j7z9 | translate-names | בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם | 1 | **Bethlehem** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 111 | EZR | 2 | 22 | v2ky | translate-names | אַנְשֵׁ֥י נְטֹפָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁשָּֽׁה׃ | 1 | Netophah | **Netophah** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Netophah, 56 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 112 | EZR | 2 | 23 | l29x | translate-names | אַנְשֵׁ֣י עֲנָת֔וֹת מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ | 1 | Anathoth | **Anathoth** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Anathoth, 128 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 113 | EZR | 2 | 24 | qlw7 | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֥י עַזְמָ֖וֶת | 1 | forty-two | The list speaks here of the town of **Azmaveth** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Azmaveth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 114 | EZR | 2 | 24 | d37s | translate-names | עַזְמָ֖וֶת | 1 | Azmaveth | **Azmaveth** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 115 | EZR | 2 | 25 | y9xa | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת | 1 | Kiriath Arim…Kephirah…Beeroth | The list speaks here of the towns of **Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth** as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 116 | EZR | 2 | 25 | rw2o | translate-names | קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת | 1 | **Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah**, and **Beeroth** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 117 | EZR | 2 | 26 | iyhq | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֤י הָרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע | 1 | The list speaks here of the towns of **Ramah and Geba** as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Ramah and Geba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 118 | EZR | 2 | 26 | k69y | translate-names | הָרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע | 1 | Geba | **Ramah** and **Geba** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 119 | EZR | 2 | 27 | m82a | translate-names | אַנְשֵׁ֣י מִכְמָ֔ס מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ | 1 | Michmas | **Michmas** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Michmas, 122 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 120 | EZR | 2 | 28 | g96s | translate-names | אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְהָעָ֔י מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ | 1 | **Bethel** and **Ai** are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Bethel and Ai, 223 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 121 | EZR | 2 | 29 | n7ir | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֥י נְב֖וֹ | 1 | fifty-two | The list speaks here of the town of **Nebo** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 122 | EZR | 2 | 29 | j5sn | translate-names | נְב֖וֹ | 1 | Nebo | **Nebo** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 123 | EZR | 2 | 30 | m297 | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ | 1 | The list speaks here of the town of **Magbish** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Magbish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 124 | EZR | 2 | 30 | kvd9 | translate-names | מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ | 1 | Magbish | **Magbish** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 125 | EZR | 2 | 31 | bv43 | figs-personification | בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם | 1 | General Information: | The list speaks here of the town of **Elam** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. (“The other Elam” indicates that this is the town of that name, not the person of that name mentioned in [2:7](../02/07.md).) Alternate translation: “from the town of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 126 | EZR | 2 | 31 | sl5j | translate-names | עֵילָ֣ם | 1 | **Elam** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 127 | EZR | 2 | 32 | fqlf | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם | 1 | The list speaks here of the town of **Harim** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 128 | EZR | 2 | 32 | ubs3 | translate-names | חָרִ֔ם | 1 | Harim | **Harim** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 129 | EZR | 2 | 33 | ti5a | figs-personification | בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ | 1 | The list speaks here of the towns of **Lod, Hadid, and Ono** as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 130 | EZR | 2 | 33 | e3tw | translate-names | לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ | 1 | Lod…Hadid…Ono | **Lod, Hadid, and Ono** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 131 | EZR | 2 | 34 | eyhe | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ | 1 | Here the list speaks figuratively of the city of **Jericho** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that city. Alternate translation: “from the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 132 | EZR | 2 | 34 | pt5k | translate-names | יְרֵח֔וֹ | 1 | General Information: | **Jericho** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 133 | EZR | 2 | 35 | frxs | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה | 1 | The list speaks here of the town of **Senaah** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 134 | EZR | 2 | 35 | ce4j | translate-names | סְנָאָ֔ה | 1 | Senaah | **Senaah** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 135 | EZR | 2 | 36 | c52r | הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים | 1 | General Information: | **The priests** were men chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people, and to perform other duties and functions to represent God to the people and to represent the people to God. Alternate translation: “this is how many men returned from each family of priests” | |
| 136 | EZR | 2 | 36 | xd3k | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ | 1 | Jedaiah | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 137 | EZR | 2 | 36 | m352 | translate-names | יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ | 1 | Jeshua | **Jedaiah** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 138 | EZR | 2 | 36 | u51b | figs-metonymy | לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ | 1 | Here, **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants **of Jeshua** figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 139 | EZR | 2 | 37 | vauy | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 140 | EZR | 2 | 37 | u9p4 | translate-names | אִמֵּ֔ר | 1 | **Immer** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 141 | EZR | 2 | 38 | fvt0 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 142 | EZR | 2 | 38 | w3dr | translate-names | פַשְׁח֔וּר | 1 | **Pashhur** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 143 | EZR | 2 | 39 | jzxo | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 144 | EZR | 2 | 39 | g31h | translate-names | חָרִ֔ם | 1 | Harim | **Harim** is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 145 | EZR | 2 | 40 | tm51 | translate-unknown | הַלְוִיִּ֑ם | 1 | General Information: | **The Levites** were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “some Levites also returned” or “some of the descendants of Levi also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 146 | EZR | 2 | 40 | vug8 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִבְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה | 1 | Kadmiel…Hodaviah | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 147 | EZR | 2 | 40 | yu1j | translate-names | יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה | 1 | seventy-four | **Jeshua and Kadmiel** are men’s names, and **Hodevah** is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 148 | EZR | 2 | 41 | t56r | translate-unknown | הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים | 1 | **The ones who sang** refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 149 | EZR | 2 | 41 | th1l | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 150 | EZR | 2 | 41 | wkzb | translate-names | אָסָ֔ף | 1 | **Asaph** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 151 | EZR | 2 | 42 | xno0 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 152 | EZR | 2 | 42 | i72w | translate-unknown | הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים | 1 | gatekeepers | **The gatekeepers** refers to people who had been assigned to the gates of the city Jerusalem and of the temple within the city. They were responsible for controlling access to these places. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 153 | EZR | 2 | 42 | imn8 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י | 1 | Shallum…Talmon…Akkub…Hatita…Shobai | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 154 | EZR | 2 | 42 | lyb8 | translate-names | שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמ֣וֹן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י | 1 | Ater | These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 155 | EZR | 2 | 43 | fhw8 | translate-unknown | הַנְּתִינִ֑ים | 1 | General Information: | The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 156 | EZR | 2 | 43 | nt2x | הַנְּתִינִ֑ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned” | ||
| 157 | EZR | 2 | 43 | m9ay | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 158 | EZR | 2 | 43 | tx4y | translate-names | צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת | 1 | Ziha…Hasupha…Tabbaoth | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 159 | EZR | 2 | 44 | vl6i | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃ | 1 | Keros…Siaha…Padon | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 160 | EZR | 2 | 45 | b5nu | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ | 1 | Lebanah…Hagabah | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 161 | EZR | 2 | 46 | qx4z | translate-names | בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ | 1 | Hagab…Shalmai…Hanan | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 162 | EZR | 2 | 47 | qg3y | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ | 1 | General Information: | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 163 | EZR | 2 | 48 | hw0m | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 164 | EZR | 2 | 49 | csjh | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 165 | EZR | 2 | 50 | pxdj | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 166 | EZR | 2 | 51 | fd31 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ | 1 | General Information: | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 167 | EZR | 2 | 52 | yoav | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 168 | EZR | 2 | 53 | c1mt | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 169 | EZR | 2 | 54 | r7cn | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 170 | EZR | 2 | 55 | kd7e | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה | 1 | General Information: | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 171 | EZR | 2 | 55 | zx3k | translate-unknown | עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה | 1 | By **servants of Solomon**, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 172 | EZR | 2 | 55 | vt3s | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 173 | EZR | 2 | 55 | rnfm | translate-names | סֹטַ֥י…הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת…פְרוּדָֽא | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 174 | EZR | 2 | 56 | jtpw | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 175 | EZR | 2 | 57 | f1lh | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 176 | EZR | 2 | 58 | y86d | כָּ֨ל־הַנְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ | 1 | 392 | Alternate translation: “altogether, 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom” | |
| 177 | EZR | 2 | 59 | fa24 | figs-idiom | וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעֹלִים֙ | 1 | General Information: | As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **went up** means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 178 | EZR | 2 | 59 | kgcj | translate-names | מִתֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר | 1 | These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 179 | EZR | 2 | 59 | gd69 | וְלֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְהַגִּ֤יד | 1 | Alternate translation: “they had no records to prove” | ||
| 180 | EZR | 2 | 59 | ay8y | figs-parallelism | בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם אִ֥ם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם | 1 | These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translations: “that their ancestors had been Israelites” or, “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 181 | EZR | 2 | 59 | jlej | figs-doublet | בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 182 | EZR | 2 | 59 | an9o | figs-metaphor | בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ | 1 | Among the Israelites, the expressions father’s house or **house of their fathers** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 183 | EZR | 2 | 59 | yqp3 | figs-metaphor | וְזַרְעָ֔ם | 1 | Here, **seed** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning offspring**.** In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. Here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, whose seed they were. Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 184 | EZR | 2 | 60 | k7wr | בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ | 1 | 652 | Alternate translation: “altogether 652 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” | |
| 185 | EZR | 2 | 60 | v01g | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 186 | EZR | 2 | 60 | xr2g | translate-names | דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א | 1 | Delaiah…Tobiah…Nekoda | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 187 | EZR | 2 | 61 | io29 | וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests” | ||
| 188 | EZR | 2 | 61 | heb8 | figs-metaphor | וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 189 | EZR | 2 | 61 | mpkp | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 190 | EZR | 2 | 61 | vg3t | translate-names | חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י | 1 | Habaiah…Hakkoz…Barzillai | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 191 | EZR | 2 | 61 | d6en | אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” | ||
| 192 | EZR | 2 | 61 | bwy5 | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ | 1 | **Daughters** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 193 | EZR | 2 | 61 | cxge | וַיִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name” | ||
| 194 | EZR | 2 | 62 | yiq1 | figs-activepassive | אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה׃ | 1 | the records of their ancestry | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they were not able to find any mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 195 | EZR | 2 | 62 | qt2w | figs-abstractnouns | וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה | 1 | they were excluded from the priesthood as defiled | The abstract noun **priesthood** refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “so they were not allowed to serve as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 196 | EZR | 2 | 63 | d82e | translate-unknown | הַתִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ | 1 | This was the formal Persian title of the governor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “the Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 197 | EZR | 2 | 63 | jyg6 | figs-idiom | וַיֹּ֤אמֶר…לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים | 1 | The phrase **the holiest holy food** refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings, which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 198 | EZR | 2 | 63 | e7bg | figs-metaphor | עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן | 1 | Here, **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person had assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 199 | EZR | 2 | 63 | n2du | translate-unknown | לְאוּרִ֥ים וּלְתֻמִּֽים | 1 | Urim and Thummim | This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 200 | EZR | 2 | 64 | a73j | figs-idiom | כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃ | 1 | whole group | The expression **as one** means all together. Alternate translation: “the total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 201 | EZR | 2 | 65 | w7yu | מִ֠לְּבַד עַבְדֵיהֶ֤ם וְאַמְהֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֑ה | 1 | their maidservants | Alternate translation: “not counting their 7,337 male and female servants” | |
| 202 | EZR | 2 | 65 | i75w | translate-unknown | וְלָהֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽמְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם | 1 | these were 7,337 | This group of those **who sang** is a different group from those in [2:41](../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 203 | EZR | 2 | 66 | t7kb | סוּסֵיהֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵיהֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ | 1 | General Information: | Alternate translation, beginning a sentence that will continue through the next verse: “the group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules” | |
| 204 | EZR | 2 | 67 | mho1 | גְּמַ֨לֵּיהֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ | 1 | Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys” | ||
| 205 | EZR | 2 | 68 | cvyh | figs-metaphor | וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ | 1 | Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 206 | EZR | 2 | 68 | onqa | figs-metaphor | לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים | 1 | As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 207 | EZR | 2 | 68 | fi3w | figs-personification | לְהַעֲמִיד֖וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽוֹ | 1 | This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 208 | EZR | 2 | 69 | v744 | לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָה֒ | 1 | sixty-one thousand…five thousand…one hundred | **The work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. The **treasury** was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple” | |
| 209 | EZR | 2 | 69 | qh93 | translate-bmoney | זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָאֶ֔לֶף | 1 | gold darics | In ancient times, **gold darics** each weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. Instead, you might say something general like “61,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 210 | EZR | 2 | 69 | ln9c | translate-bmoney | וְכֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים | 1 | minas | In ancient times, **silver minas** each weighed about half a kilogram, or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “2,200 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 211 | EZR | 2 | 69 | h3zd | translate-unknown | וְכָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מֵאָֽה | 1 | tunics | Tunics were the special garments that priests would wear while performing their duties in the temple. Alternate translation: “100 special garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 212 | EZR | 2 | 70 | w7fw | וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠הַלְוִיִּם וּֽמִן־הָעָ֞ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם׃ | 1 | and all Israel lived in their cities | This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: priests in v. [36](../02/36.md), Levites in v. [40](../02/40.md), singers in v. [41](../02/41.md), gatekeepers in v. [42](../02/42.md), and Nethinim in v. [43](../02/43.md). Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived” | |
| 213 | EZR | 2 | 70 | gg6o | figs-parallelism | וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם | 1 | This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous sentence, perhaps for emphasis, to show that the return was accomplished successfully. You do not need to translate this sentence separately if that might be confusing for your readers. Its meaning is included in the alternate translation suggested for the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 214 | EZR | 3 | intro | rp9a | 0 | # Ezra 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br><br>They immediately began the temple worship even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations. | |||
| 215 | EZR | 3 | 1 | us0g | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַיִּגַּע֙ | 1 | The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “once this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 216 | EZR | 3 | 1 | lr47 | figs-explicit | וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י | 1 | This phrase refers to the beginning of the seventh month in the Jewish religious calendar, which is the first month in the Jewish civic calendar. The phrase is actually giving the reason why the people gathered in Jerusalem at this time. It was the start of a new year, and the leadership had decided to resume community worship, including daily sacrifices, as of the beginning of that year, as [2:6](../02/06.md) indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the start of the seventh month, because it was the beginning of a new civic year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 217 | EZR | 3 | 1 | h84e | translate-ordinal | הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י | 1 | Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 218 | EZR | 3 | 1 | a2ka | translate-hebrewmonths | הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י | 1 | the seventh month | You could convert the Hebrew **month** into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 219 | EZR | 3 | 1 | d1d0 | figs-informremind | וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּעָרִ֑ים ס וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) | |
| 220 | EZR | 3 | 1 | vth3 | figs-metaphor | וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 221 | EZR | 3 | 1 | hh94 | figs-activepassive | וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 222 | EZR | 3 | 1 | hwv6 | figs-idiom | כְּאִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד | 1 | as one man | **As one man** is an idiom that means they gathered as if they were a single person, that is, all in one place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 223 | EZR | 3 | 2 | hbk8 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַיָּקָם֩ | 1 | The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “once everyone had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 224 | EZR | 3 | 2 | s7ds | figs-idiom | וַיָּקָם֩ | 1 | In this context, the word **arose** means they took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” or “carried out their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 225 | EZR | 3 | 2 | ua8i | translate-names | יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק | 1 | Jeshua | **Jeshua** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). **Jozadak** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 226 | EZR | 3 | 2 | o0k8 | figs-metaphor | וְאֶחָ֣יו הַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים | 1 | Here, **brothers** is likely a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Jeshua were included in this group. Jeshua himself was the high priest at this time. Alternate translation: “his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 227 | EZR | 3 | 2 | gq2e | translate-names | וּזְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ | 1 | Shealtiel | **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 228 | EZR | 3 | 2 | j3ra | figs-metaphor | וְאֶחָ֔יו | 1 | Here, **brothers** appears to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders. The other seven men listed in [2:2](../02/02.md) as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 229 | EZR | 3 | 2 | yy1u | figs-explicit | וַיִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְהַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָיו֙ עֹל֔וֹת | 1 | rose up and built | This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 230 | EZR | 3 | 2 | kqvh | figs-explicit | עֹל֔וֹת | 1 | The book assumes that readers will know that this means whole burnt offerings, that is, sacrifices that were burned up completely on the altar. These were offered to express a desire to be in good standing with God through the complete sacrifice of something valuable and also through the creation of an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. If your language has a special term for such offerings, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 231 | EZR | 3 | 2 | eg3w | figs-activepassive | כַּכָּת֕וּב בְּתוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֥ה | 1 | as it is written in the law of Moses | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 232 | EZR | 3 | 2 | gjpk | figs-informremind | מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָאֱלֹהִֽים | 1 | Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) | |
| 233 | EZR | 3 | 2 | h7xj | translate-names | מֹשֶׁ֥ה | 1 | **Moses** is the name of a man. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 234 | EZR | 3 | 3 | mo49 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority” or “because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 235 | EZR | 3 | 3 | t8y7 | figs-explicit | וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו | 1 | they set the altar on its foundation | This phrase likely means that the priests and leaders built this new altar right at the place where the altar had been located within the former temple. You could say that as an alternate translation if it would help make things clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 236 | EZR | 3 | 3 | bk73 | figs-explicit | כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | dread was on them | The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 237 | EZR | 3 | 3 | n3m4 | figs-personification | בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | Here the book speaks figuratively of **dread** or fear as if it were a living thing that could land on or rest on the Israelites. Alternate translation: “they were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 238 | EZR | 3 | 3 | c33h | figs-idiom | מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | because of the people of the land | This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area who were originally from other places (**lands**) but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 239 | EZR | 3 | 3 | vc8u | figs-explicit | וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב | 1 | As [3:2](../03/02.md) notes, God had commanded these daily **offerings** in the law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 240 | EZR | 3 | 4 | pqln | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ | 1 | The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now recount came after the event it has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. The next event is specifically the Festival of Tabernacles, which the Law of Moses said to observe from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of the seventh month. So that event would have taken place about two weeks after the Israelites first gathered in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “later that month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 241 | EZR | 3 | 4 | iej2 | figs-explicit | וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַסֻּכּ֖וֹת | 1 | the Festival of Shelters | This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 242 | EZR | 3 | 4 | q687 | figs-activepassive | כַּכָּת֑וּב | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 243 | EZR | 3 | 4 | ka3d | figs-explicit | וְעֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּיוֹם֙ בְּמִסְפָּ֔ר כְּמִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּיוֹמֽוֹ | 1 | These expressions refer to the way the law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “they offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 244 | EZR | 3 | 5 | r95n | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וְאַחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן | 1 | This phrase indicates that the activity it describes took place after the one it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “from that time on.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 245 | EZR | 3 | 5 | yg77 | figs-ellipsis | עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְלֶ֣חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּלְכָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַמְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּלְכֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַיהוָֽה | 1 | Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 246 | EZR | 3 | 6 | x3mt | translate-ordinal | מִיּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ | 1 | from the first day of the seventh month | The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “starting on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 247 | EZR | 3 | 6 | cip8 | figs-activepassive | וְהֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד | 1 | although the foundation of the temple of Yahweh had not been laid | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 248 | EZR | 3 | 6 | qiw8 | figs-synecdoche | וְהֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד | 1 | This phrase likely means specifically that no one had laid a foundation yet for the new temple. That would have been the first step in construction. However, this seems to be a figurative way of describing the entire process of building the temple by referring to one part of that process, its first step. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 249 | EZR | 3 | 7 | rmxu | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ | 1 | The word **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces will explain what people did as a result of the situation that the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 250 | EZR | 3 | 7 | y5sm | figs-explicit | וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַחֹצְבִ֖ים וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים | 1 | The implication is that the Jewish leaders did this, and the rest of the things the verse describes, in order to start construction on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to start building a new temple, they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 251 | EZR | 3 | 7 | kpjx | figs-idiom | וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַחֹצְבִ֖ים וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים | 1 | **Gave** is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 252 | EZR | 3 | 7 | sqt7 | וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף | 1 | **Silver** here means money. Though the payment may well have been in the form of silver coins, such as are described in [2:69](../02/69.md), the value of the payment is in view. The book is describing that value figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the silver that served as the medium of exchange. Alternate translation: “they paid money” or “they hired” | ||
| 253 | EZR | 3 | 7 | hm3b | translate-unknown | לַחֹצְבִ֖ים | 1 | The term **masons** describes workers who build things from stone. Alternate translation: “stoneworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 254 | EZR | 3 | 7 | q3ku | translate-unknown | וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים | 1 | The term **carpenters** describes workers who build things from wood. Alternate translation: “woodworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 255 | EZR | 3 | 7 | i65c | figs-synecdoche | וּמַאֲכָ֨ל וּמִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָשֶׁ֗מֶן | 1 | While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. **Food** means anything to eat, but here it probably means one kind of food, grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. **Drink** means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and **oil** probably means olive oil, because these were both things that the Israelites also produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 256 | EZR | 3 | 7 | zqr4 | translate-names | לַצִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְלַצֹּרִ֔ים | 1 | These are the names of two people groups. The terms describe the residents of the cities of Sidon and Tyre, which were located on the seacoast north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 257 | EZR | 3 | 7 | yj5k | grammar-connect-logic-goal | לְהָבִיא֩ | 1 | This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so that” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so that they would bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) | |
| 258 | EZR | 3 | 7 | i1u7 | translate-unknown | עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים | 1 | The term **cedar** refers to large fir trees with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that were valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and grew to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 259 | EZR | 3 | 7 | zvt6 | figs-idiom | מִן־הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא | 1 | The **sea of Joppa** is not the name of a body of water. Instead, that term refers to the coast of the Mediterranean Sea at the port city of Joppa. This full phrase means that the people of Tyre and Sidon were to cut cedar trees in Lebanon and transport them to Israel by floating them along the seacoast to the port of Joppa. Alternate translation: “by sea from Lebanon to Joppa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 260 | EZR | 3 | 7 | gq2g | translate-names | הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ | 1 | **Lebanon** is the name of a place. It was a mountainous region located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 261 | EZR | 3 | 7 | kya8 | translate-names | יָפ֔וֹא | 1 | **Joppa** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 262 | EZR | 3 | 7 | ze22 | figs-activepassive | כְּרִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | according to the permission they had from King Cyrus of Persia | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized them to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 263 | EZR | 3 | 8 | e0js | translate-ordinal | וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י | 1 | Alternate translation: “in month two of year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 264 | EZR | 3 | 8 | eh5s | translate-hebrewmonths | וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י | 1 | in the second month | You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 265 | EZR | 3 | 8 | y8bn | figs-metaphor | בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ | 1 | to the house of God | Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 266 | EZR | 3 | 8 | ckj4 | figs-explicit | בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י | 1 | in the second year | The book does not say explicitly why the Jewish leaders started the actual construction of the new temple at this time. One possibility is that once they had ordered the necessary materials, as [3:7](../03/07.md) describes, it took seven months for enough materials to be delivered for construction to begin. Another possibility is that the leaders waited until spring because winter would have been a bad time to start building. Yet another possibility is that they wanted to lay the foundation of this new temple in the second month of the year for ceremonial reasons, because that was the month in which King Solomon had laid the foundation of the original temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the second month, once they had received sufficient materials” or “in the second month, once the spring weather came” or “in the second month, the same month when King Solomon laid the foundation of the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 267 | EZR | 3 | 8 | wwz8 | translate-names | זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל | 1 | **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man, and **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 268 | EZR | 3 | 8 | fa38 | translate-names | וְיֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק | 1 | Jeshua…Jozadak | **Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 269 | EZR | 3 | 8 | bzi5 | figs-metaphor | וּשְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֗ם | 1 | Here, **brothers** seems to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel the governor and Jeshua the high priest. Alternate translation: “their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 270 | EZR | 3 | 8 | hy61 | figs-abstractnouns | וְכָל־הַבָּאִים֙ מֵהַשְּׁבִ֣י | 1 | The abstract noun **captivity** refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as [3:12](../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 271 | EZR | 3 | 8 | hf5n | figs-idiom | אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה | 1 | from twenty years old | Here, **son of** **20 years and above** is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 272 | EZR | 3 | 8 | vyhg | figs-ellipsis | לְנַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה | 1 | In this context, **the work of the house** is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a new temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of a new temple for Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 273 | EZR | 3 | 8 | jfho | בֵּית־יְהוָֽה | 1 | See how you translated this expression in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “a new temple for Yahweh” | ||
| 274 | EZR | 3 | 9 | b5al | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד | 1 | The word **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 275 | EZR | 3 | 9 | s6i8 | translate-names | יֵשׁ֡וּעַ | 1 | Jeshua…Henadad | **Jeshua** is the name of a man, but he is not the high priest mentioned in the previous verse. Rather, he is the Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md) as one of the exiles who returned to Judah. See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 276 | EZR | 3 | 9 | up2g | בָּנָ֣יו וְ֠אֶחָיו | 1 | The terms **sons** and **brothers** do not seem to be figurative here, as those terms likely are later in the verse. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as people who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships. | ||
| 277 | EZR | 3 | 9 | r3rx | translate-names | קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל | 1 | Kadmiel | **Kadmiel** is is the name of a man. He is another Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 278 | EZR | 3 | 9 | sc2u | וּבָנָ֤יו | 1 | Here as well, the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction. | ||
| 279 | EZR | 3 | 9 | w4q7 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ | 1 | But here, **sons** does figuratively mean descendants. As [2:40](../02/40.md) explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 280 | EZR | 3 | 9 | mrij | translate-names | יְהוּדָה֙ | 1 | **Judah** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:40](../02/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 281 | EZR | 3 | 9 | xr9e | figs-metaphor | וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּאֶחָ֔ד לְנַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה | 1 | As in [2:63](../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 282 | EZR | 3 | 9 | myu1 | figs-idiom | כְּאֶחָ֔ד | 1 | **As one** is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing, they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 283 | EZR | 3 | 9 | mgw2 | הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים | 1 | As in [2:69](../02/69.md) and [3:8](../03/08.md), **the work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “the workers who were rebuilding the temple” | ||
| 284 | EZR | 3 | 9 | ihtd | figs-explicit | בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם | 1 | The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translations: (1) “those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites” or, (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 285 | EZR | 3 | 9 | nyal | translate-names | בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם | 1 | The **sons of Henadad** seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. **Their sons** seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 286 | EZR | 3 | 10 | w1j9 | figs-explicit | וְיִסְּד֥וּ…אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל | 1 | laid the foundation | This likely means that the workers had done more than set stone blocks in place to support the temple walls. They had probably set the entire temple floor in stone. This would have allowed many of the people who had come for this celebration to stand within the site of the future temple. It would also have enabled the priests to wear their special garments and keep them clean. Alternate translation: “set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 287 | EZR | 3 | 10 | y39g | figs-metaphor | וַיַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּחֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת | 1 | As in [2:63](../02/63.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md), **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumes the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “they had the priests, wearing their sacred garments, come to the temple site and play their trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 288 | EZR | 3 | 10 | kh7e | figs-activepassive | מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים | 1 | in their garments | If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this passive verb form with a phrase that uses an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing their sacred garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 289 | EZR | 3 | 10 | dhpq | figs-explicit | וְהַלְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽמְצִלְתַּ֔יִם | 1 | The book expects readers to know that **the Levites** of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph, sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 290 | EZR | 3 | 10 | i9ce | figs-metaphor | וְהַלְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ | 1 | Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 291 | EZR | 3 | 10 | fvas | translate-names | אָסָף֙ | 1 | **Asaph** is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [2:41](../02/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 292 | EZR | 3 | 10 | v35v | translate-unknown | בַּֽמְצִלְתַּ֔יִם | 1 | with cymbals | **Cymbals** are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 293 | EZR | 3 | 10 | t64z | figs-metonymy | יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד | 1 | the hands of David | Here, the phrase, **hands of the king,** ise used figuratively to represent his power to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 294 | EZR | 3 | 10 | zb0l | figs-informremind | דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Here the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) | |
| 295 | EZR | 3 | 11 | ajjk | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַֽ֠יַּעֲנוּ | 1 | The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “once all the musicians were in place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 296 | EZR | 3 | 11 | bw1v | וַֽ֠יַּעֲנוּ | 1 | **They** means the Levite singers. **In response** means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translations: “the Levites sang responsively” or “the Levites sang antiphonally” | ||
| 297 | EZR | 3 | 11 | hgd5 | figs-quotemarks | כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב כִּֽי־לְעוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | giving thanks | These are at least some of the words that the Levites sang on this occasion. Based on their other occurrences in the Bible, they may be the words to a refrain that the second group sang in response to verses that the first group sang. Or they may be the entire lyrics to a song that was sung for this celebration. Either way, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate that they are the words of the singers by setting off them with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 298 | EZR | 3 | 11 | uqct | figs-activepassive | עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translations: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 299 | EZR | 3 | 12 | d6gu | writing-background | הַזְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת | 1 | This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough to have seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 300 | EZR | 3 | 12 | wzqy | figs-explicit | בֹּכִ֖ים בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל | 1 | The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translations: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 301 | EZR | 3 | 12 | xj13 | figs-metaphor | אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙…זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ | 1 | first house | As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 302 | EZR | 3 | 12 | rmy5 | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וְרַבִּ֛ים | 1 | before their eyes | The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. Alternate translation: “but many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 303 | EZR | 3 | 12 | d9tw | figs-idiom | וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל | 1 | wept with a loud voice | To be **lifting up a voice** is an idiom that means to be speaking, shouting, or singing loudly. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 304 | EZR | 3 | 12 | onuv | figs-abstractnouns | וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל | 1 | The idea behind the abstract noun **joy** can be expressed with an adjective such as happy. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 305 | EZR | 3 | 13 | isem | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְאֵ֣ין | 1 | The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 306 | EZR | 3 | 13 | fpsh | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַשִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָעָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָעָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one could distinguish their cries from the sounds of weeping of other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 307 | EZR | 3 | 13 | u6pc | figs-explicit | וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַשִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָעָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָעָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה | 1 | In its first occurrence here, the phrase **the people** means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the sounds of people weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 308 | EZR | 3 | 13 | rvdj | figs-activepassive | וְהַקּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְמֵרָחֽוֹק | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 309 | EZR | 4 | intro | x878 | 0 | # Ezra 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building. | |||
| 310 | EZR | 4 | 1 | v368 | writing-background | וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ | 1 | General Information: | The word **now** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 311 | EZR | 4 | 1 | miqb | figs-personification | יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן | 1 | Here the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 312 | EZR | 4 | 1 | i4dx | figs-hendiadys | יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן | 1 | Here the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together, the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) | |
| 313 | EZR | 4 | 1 | vflf | figs-synecdoche | וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ…כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל | 1 | **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 314 | EZR | 4 | 1 | syf6 | figs-idiom | בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ | 1 | As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translations: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 315 | EZR | 4 | 1 | czf3 | figs-informremind | לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translations: “Yahweh, the God they worshiped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) | |
| 316 | EZR | 4 | 2 | dkbu | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיִּגְּשׁ֨וּ | 1 | The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 317 | EZR | 4 | 2 | spx4 | translate-names | זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל | 1 | Zerubbabel | **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 318 | EZR | 4 | 2 | zcwc | figs-ellipsis | רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת | 1 | As in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of** father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 319 | EZR | 4 | 2 | exyv | figs-explicit | וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ לָהֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּכֶ֔ם | 1 | Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to thwart the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they said to the Jews, ‘We would like to help you build the temple’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 320 | EZR | 4 | 2 | yrms | figs-idiom | נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽאלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | Here, **seek** is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 321 | EZR | 4 | 2 | ffnu | figs-idiom | מִימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ | 1 | The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 322 | EZR | 4 | 2 | yx1s | translate-names | אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר | 1 | Esarhaddon, king of Assyria | **Esarhaddon** is the name of a man, and **Assyria** is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 323 | EZR | 4 | 2 | to8y | figs-idiom | הַמַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖נוּ פֹּֽה | 1 | These men say that Esarhaddon brought them **up** to this land because it is mountainous and, as [4:9](../04/09.md) indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 324 | EZR | 4 | 3 | xp3f | translate-names | זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וְיֵשׁ֗וּעַ | 1 | Jeshua | These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 325 | EZR | 4 | 3 | hbhq | figs-ellipsis | רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽאָבוֹת֙ | 1 | This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of** father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 326 | EZR | 4 | 3 | cuza | רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽאָבוֹת֙ | 1 | See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” | ||
| 327 | EZR | 4 | 3 | bl6x | figs-metaphor | בַּ֖יִת לֵאלֹהֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | Alternate translation: “a temple for our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 328 | EZR | 4 | 3 | jpin | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | כִּי֩ | 1 | This word indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as **no**, **rather**, or **on the contrary**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 329 | EZR | 4 | 3 | jkgy | figs-exclusive | אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽיהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | **We ourselves** here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. **Together** does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “it is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 330 | EZR | 4 | 3 | vez9 | figs-informremind | אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | See the note to [4:1](../04/01.md) about the significance of this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) | |
| 331 | EZR | 4 | 4 | j0ej | writing-newevent | וַיְהִי֙ | 1 | In Hebrew storytelling, this is a common way of introducing a new event. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 332 | EZR | 4 | 4 | d9da | figs-idiom | עַם־הָאָ֔רֶץ | 1 | the people of the land | This expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups, listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), whom the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal had brought to live in the area just north of Judah in the century before the Jews were taken away into exile themselves. When the Jews returned to their homeland, those foreign groups were still living nearby. Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 333 | EZR | 4 | 4 | n1m9 | figs-parallelism | וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖ם לִבְנֽוֹת | 1 | made the hands of the people of Judah weak | These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah so that they were afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 334 | EZR | 4 | 4 | mih7 | figs-metaphor | וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה | 1 | Here, **hands** figuratively represents power and action, so **making the hands weak** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 335 | EZR | 4 | 4 | aq32 | עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה | 1 | the people of Judah | In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah, whatever their nationality, but rather specifically the Jews who returned from exile and settled there. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in the province of Judah” | |
| 336 | EZR | 4 | 5 | ndut | translate-unknown | וְסֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים | 1 | **Counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing the counselors to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 337 | EZR | 4 | 5 | kd9a | לְהָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑ם | 1 | to frustrate their plans | Alternate translation: “to keep them from successfully rebuilding the temple” | |
| 338 | EZR | 4 | 5 | jlap | figs-idiom | כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס | 1 | **D****ays** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 339 | EZR | 4 | 5 | tq7w | figs-explicit | וְעַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס | 1 | Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors until Darius became king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 340 | EZR | 4 | 5 | py4b | translate-names | דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ | 1 | **Darius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 341 | EZR | 4 | 6 | o931 | writing-background | וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ | 1 | This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 342 | EZR | 4 | 6 | zxv3 | figs-explicit | וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּתְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑וֹ | 1 | Ahasuerus actually ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In [4:24](../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in [4:5](../04/05.md), and then, in chapter [5](../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23](../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in verses [1–3](../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 343 | EZR | 4 | 6 | k3fy | translate-names | אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ | 1 | **Ahasuerus** is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation if it would be clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 344 | EZR | 4 | 6 | iaw6 | figs-explicit | כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 345 | EZR | 4 | 6 | z7sk | figs-abstractnouns | כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה | 1 | The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as accuse. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 346 | EZR | 4 | 6 | o4k9 | figs-metonymy | כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה | 1 | Another way to view this phrase is that the book is referring figuratively to the physical letter by reference to something associated with it, its content, that is, what the enemies of the Jews said about them in it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter accusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 347 | EZR | 4 | 6 | kzu9 | יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem” | ||
| 348 | EZR | 4 | 7 | qdrm | figs-idiom | וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא | 1 | The term **days** is used figuratively here to refers to a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 349 | EZR | 4 | 7 | r5xb | figs-explicit | וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that Artaxerxes was the next king of Persia. Alternate translation: “during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 350 | EZR | 4 | 7 | xw38 | translate-names | אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא | 1 | **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 351 | EZR | 4 | 7 | x91s | translate-names | בִּשְׁלָ֜ם מִתְרְדָ֤ת טָֽבְאֵל֙ | 1 | Bishlam…Mithredath…Tabeel | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 352 | EZR | 4 | 7 | zjhh | וּשְׁאָ֣ר כנותו | 1 | The term **companions** here describes people who hold a similar position. Alternate translation: “his associates” | ||
| 353 | EZR | 4 | 7 | hdnj | writing-background | וּכְתָב֙ הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית | 1 | This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term **interpreted** does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “these officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 354 | EZR | 4 | 7 | jl52 | figs-activepassive | הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב | 1 | the letter | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 355 | EZR | 4 | 7 | ym9r | figs-explicit | וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית | 1 | translated | We might expect that, logically, this phrase would come before the previous one, written in the **Aramaic** script**,** since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18](../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 356 | EZR | 4 | 8 | s8m7 | translate-names | רְח֣וּם | 1 | **Rehum** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 357 | EZR | 4 | 8 | z7be | figs-idiom | בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם | 1 | This was Rehum’s official title. The expression likely means that he had the authority in that area to issue decrees on behalf of the king. The king actually tells him to do this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 358 | EZR | 4 | 8 | uu3t | translate-names | וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ | 1 | Shimshai | **Shimshai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 359 | EZR | 4 | 8 | hwq8 | translate-unknown | סָֽפְרָ֔א | 1 | Rehum | This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a **scribe** such as Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 360 | EZR | 4 | 8 | l343 | figs-metonymy | אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם | 1 | Here the book uses the term **Jerusalem** to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 361 | EZR | 4 | 8 | kv6z | figs-metonymy | כְּנֵֽמָא | 1 | The phrase **as follows** would ordinarily indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:10](../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 362 | EZR | 4 | 9 | kt23 | אֱדַ֜יִן | 1 | This Aramaic term often introduces a new episode in a story. But since the book is not continuing the story here, but instead quoting a document that begins with a list of names, here the book may be using the term to introduce the document that it is quoting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could omit any translation of the term. Alternatively, you could use the term in your language that would customarily introduce a list of the senders of a letter or other document. Alternate translation: “from” | ||
| 363 | EZR | 4 | 9 | stkq | figs-quotemarks | אֱדַ֜יִן | 1 | If this word is introducing a quotation from a document, but you choose not to translate it, you could use some other means to indicate that this is a quotation, such as quotation marks or whatever other punctuation or convention your language commonly uses for that purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) | |
| 364 | EZR | 4 | 9 | vvp8 | translate-names | רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם | 1 | Erech…Susa | **Rehum** is is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 365 | EZR | 4 | 9 | shnl | translate-names | וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔א | 1 | **Shimshai** is is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 366 | EZR | 4 | 9 | d33e | figs-idiom | וּשְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵא וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א | 1 | As in [4:7](../04/07.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 367 | EZR | 4 | 9 | t8pa | translate-names | אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא | 1 | These are the names of four people groups and an alternate name by which the last group was known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 368 | EZR | 4 | 9 | yz8m | figs-explicit | אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא | 1 | These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 369 | EZR | 4 | 10 | k64z | וּשְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣א וְיַקִּירָ֔א וְהוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּקִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה וּכְעֶֽנֶת | 1 | This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two sets of people groups: (a) some further groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria, and all the other people groups living in Beyond-the-River” or (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria and the rest of Beyond-the-River” Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups in addition to the groups they belong to personally. | ||
| 370 | EZR | 4 | 10 | d6lu | translate-names | אָסְנַפַּר֙ | 1 | Ashurbanipal | **Ashurbanipal** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 371 | EZR | 4 | 10 | pu35 | translate-names | עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 372 | EZR | 4 | 10 | s4ki | וּכְעֶֽנֶת | 1 | **And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. In [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [7:12](../07/12.md), it comes at the beginning of a letter, right after opening conventions such as the names of the sender and recipient and greetings. In [5:17](../05/17.md), it comes near the end of a letter to introduce a request that the writers finally make in light of extensive background information that they provide up to that point. But here it introduces the letter itself after a long preamble that lists the names of the senders and the groups on whose behalf they feel they can speak. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. | ||
| 373 | EZR | 4 | 11 | a7sk | figs-aside | דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי | 1 | This is a copy | **They** means the men listed in [4:9](../04/09.md). The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) |
| 374 | EZR | 4 | 11 | lny4 | figs-quotemarks | דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי | 1 | If you used quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention to indicate the beginning of the quotation at the start of [4:9](../04/09.md), you should use the same means to indicate that there is a break in the quotation at the end of [4:10](../04/10.md), and then show that the quotation resumes after this sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) | |
| 375 | EZR | 4 | 11 | v61f | translate-names | אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא | 1 | **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 376 | EZR | 4 | 11 | n6mp | figs-123person | עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | Here the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as **your servants** in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “from your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 377 | EZR | 4 | 11 | uupo | figs-idiom | עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה | 1 | In this context, **men** means people, so this phrase means people who live in Beyond-the-River province. But together with the preceding phrase, **your servants**, it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 378 | EZR | 4 | 11 | a2bi | וּכְעֶֽנֶת | 1 | As in [4:10](../04/10.md), **and now** is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. | ||
| 379 | EZR | 4 | 12 | u168 | figs-activepassive | יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 380 | EZR | 4 | 12 | ns5b | עֲלֶ֥ינָא אֲת֖וֹ לִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “have settled near us in Jerusalem” | ||
| 381 | EZR | 4 | 12 | fu8s | figs-metonymy | קִרְיְתָ֨א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא | 1 | the rebellious and evil city | Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **city** where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 382 | EZR | 4 | 12 | kke9 | figs-doublet | מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא | 1 | **Rebellious and evil** mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that, because the people of Jerusalem are so evil or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 383 | EZR | 4 | 13 | cd84 | figs-activepassive | יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 384 | EZR | 4 | 13 | wj7f | figs-parallelism | הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 385 | EZR | 4 | 13 | wj57 | figs-activepassive | הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן | 1 | if this city is built and the wall is completed | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “if the Jews are able to rebuild the city and restore its walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 386 | EZR | 4 | 13 | x47o | figs-doublet | מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַהֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן | 1 | **Tax**, **tribute**, and **custom** mean similar things. The officials use the three terms together to emphasize that the king could lose all of his income from the Jews living in Jerusalem and the province of Judah. You do not need to represent all three words in your translation if that would might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “they will stop paying any taxes” However, there is a slight difference between the three terms. While their exact meaning is uncertain, they may refer to things such as taxes based on a percentage of income, tribute money that subjects would pay on a per-person basis, and duty that they would pay on articles purchased for use or transported for sale. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also translate these terms separately. Alternate translation: “they will no longer pay taxes, tribute, or duty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) | |
| 387 | EZR | 4 | 13 | pgs2 | figs-explicit | וְאַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק | 1 | the treasury of the king will suffer loss | The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural **kings** here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this will reduce the income of kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 388 | EZR | 4 | 14 | m7yw | figs-idiom | מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָא֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא | 1 | we have eaten the salt of the palace | This expression means that these officials are paid from the royal treasury. Alternate translation: “we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 389 | EZR | 4 | 14 | y5g9 | figs-explicit | דִּֽי־מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָא֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא | 1 | The implication is that, because these officials are paid from the royal treasury, they feel a loyalty and a sense of obligation to the king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 390 | EZR | 4 | 15 | mcvp | figs-123person | דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩ | 1 | Here again the officials are addressing the king in the third person as a sign of respect. They are also making their suggestion very diplomatically so that they do not appear to be telling the king what to do. Alternate translation: “may we suggest that you search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 391 | EZR | 4 | 15 | fujm | figs-idiom | בִּֽסְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗ךְ | 1 | Although **book** is singular, this expression actually refers to the collection of documents that Artaxerxes possessed that recorded events and decrees from the reigns of earlier kings. He responds in [4:19](../04/19.md) that he had his court officials search in this collection. Verses [6:1–2](../06/01.md) describe how Darius earlier made a similar search. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 392 | EZR | 4 | 15 | u1i3 | figs-metaphor | בִּֽסְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗ךְ | 1 | Here**, fathers** figuratively means predecessors. This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19](../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to ancient days, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 393 | EZR | 4 | 15 | zvmc | figs-doublet | וּ֠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּסְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּא֮ וְתִנְדַּע֒ | 1 | **Discover** and **learn** mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “the chronicles will certainly confirm for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 394 | EZR | 4 | 15 | sa9b | figs-parallelism | דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽמְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּמְדִנָ֔ן וְאֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּגַוַּ֔הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑א | 1 | a rebellious city | These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute, long being a center of revolt ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 395 | EZR | 4 | 15 | iw58 | figs-metonymy | וּמְדִנָ֔ן | 1 | Here, **provinces** refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 396 | EZR | 4 | 15 | au5i | figs-activepassive | עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת | 1 | this city was destroyed | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 397 | EZR | 4 | 16 | cr21 | הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן | 1 | if this city is rebuilt and its walls are completed | See how you translated this expression in [4:13](../04/13.md). (It may be helpful to review the two notes there that discuss the parallelism and the passive form.) | |
| 398 | EZR | 4 | 16 | n9kz | figs-explicit | לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ | 1 | you will have no control | The implication is that if Jerusalem became a stronghold, not only would its people rebel against Artaxerxes, they would lead all of the surrounding peoples to do the same, and the Persian Empire would lose all of its territories west of the Euphrates. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 399 | EZR | 4 | 16 | keh5 | figs-hyperbole | לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you and stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 400 | EZR | 4 | 17 | u66e | translate-names | רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ | 1 | Rehum | **Rehum** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 401 | EZR | 4 | 17 | hja4 | translate-names | וְשִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔א | 1 | Shimshai | **Shimshai** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 402 | EZR | 4 | 17 | qp5d | translate-names | וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּשָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River” or (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in [4:10](../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 403 | EZR | 4 | 17 | rsd2 | figs-idiom | וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן | 1 | the River | As in [4:7](../04/07.md) and [9](../04/09.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and the rest of their associates” or “and the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 404 | EZR | 4 | 17 | oyb4 | שְׁלָ֖ם | 1 | **Peace** was a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translations: “greetings” or “I hope all is well with you” | ||
| 405 | EZR | 4 | 17 | is3z | וּכְעֶֽת | 1 | As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation. | ||
| 406 | EZR | 4 | 18 | nata | figs-explicit | נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑ינָא | 1 | The implication of the plural **us** is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the letter that you sent to the king and his royal officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 407 | EZR | 4 | 18 | sza5 | figs-activepassive | מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי | 1 | the letter that you sent me has been translated and read | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 408 | EZR | 4 | 18 | bbxs | figs-explicit | מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי | 1 | The implication is not that the king was unable to read or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 409 | EZR | 4 | 19 | bapj | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּמִנִּי֮ | 1 | The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result, from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 410 | EZR | 4 | 19 | h6w5 | figs-activepassive | וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 411 | EZR | 4 | 19 | rx6m | figs-explicit | וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ | 1 | The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles and investigate your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 412 | EZR | 4 | 19 | kzrh | figs-parallelism | דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 413 | EZR | 4 | 19 | eq5y | figs-idiom | קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה | 1 | **That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **risen up against** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 414 | EZR | 4 | 19 | wf0o | figs-metonymy | קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה | 1 | Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 415 | EZR | 4 | 19 | y5eu | figs-doublet | וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ | 1 | **Rebellion** and **revolt** mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 416 | EZR | 4 | 20 | as5z | figs-metaphor | וּמַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם | 1 | These kings are described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above Jerusalem to indicate that this was the place in which and from which they ruled. Alternate translation: “powerful kings ruled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 417 | EZR | 4 | 20 | ewxu | writing-background | וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין | 1 | This word **even** introduces further information. Alternate translation: “in fact” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 418 | EZR | 4 | 20 | vmb6 | וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּכֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | Alternate translation: “they ruled over the whole area that is Beyond-the-River province” | |
| 419 | EZR | 4 | 20 | s7mv | figs-activepassive | וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֽוֹן | 1 | Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 420 | EZR | 4 | 20 | bo7z | figs-doublet | וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ | 1 | Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them | See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) |
| 421 | EZR | 4 | 21 | emg2 | grammar-connect-logic-goal | וְקִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖י טַעְמָ֥א יִתְּשָֽׂם | 1 | give a command | **So,** at the beginning of this clause, indicates that the clause describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “because I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) |
| 422 | EZR | 4 | 22 | snhn | figs-explicit | לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין | 1 | Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? | The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14](../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13](../04/13.md), the revenue of the kings will suffer harm). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “why should I and other kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 423 | EZR | 4 | 22 | t7e7 | figs-rquestion | לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין | 1 | Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? | Artaxerxes is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the Samaritan officials to tell him why he should experience greater damage. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the officials to get the Jews to stop rebuilding Jerusalem. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “why should kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 424 | EZR | 4 | 22 | kqp4 | figs-123person | לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין | 1 | this damage increase | As in [4:13](../04/13.md), the plural **kings** here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4](../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8](../06/08.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “why should kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute<br>money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 425 | EZR | 4 | 23 | nhx0 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | אֱדַ֗יִן | 1 | the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read | This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 426 | EZR | 4 | 23 | zq2h | figs-explicit | מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן | 1 | the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read | The implication is that a messenger brought a copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes to these officials and read it aloud to them. (See the note to [4:18](../04/18.md) for background to the practice of reading correspondence out loud.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as messengers from King Artaxerxes brought a copy of his letter to Rehum, Shimshai the state secretary, and their associates, and read it aloud to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 427 | EZR | 4 | 23 | cz5l | figs-activepassive | פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י | 1 | the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “messengers from King Artaxerxes read a copy of his letter aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 428 | EZR | 4 | 23 | djzh | translate-names | ארתחששתא | 1 | the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read | **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 429 | EZR | 4 | 23 | s349 | translate-names | רְח֛וּם | 1 | Rehum | Rehum is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 430 | EZR | 4 | 23 | qu4l | translate-names | וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א | 1 | Shimshai | **Shimshai** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 431 | EZR | 4 | 23 | eiff | figs-idiom | וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן | 1 | Shimshai | As in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:17](../04/17.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and the rest of their associates,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 432 | EZR | 4 | 23 | vkzx | אֲזַ֨לוּ בִבְהִיל֤וּ לִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א | 1 | Shimshai | Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews” | |
| 433 | EZR | 4 | 23 | yg0y | figs-hendiadys | וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל | 1 | Shimshai | The phrase **an arm and strength** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **strength** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a strong arm, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 434 | EZR | 4 | 23 | ck1l | figs-metaphor | וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל | 1 | Shimshai | Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 435 | EZR | 4 | 23 | v0na | figs-explicit | וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל | 1 | Shimshai | The implication is that these officials made the Jews stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 436 | EZR | 4 | 24 | kj9i | figs-explicit | בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔א דִּ֖י בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם | 1 | the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius | The book now returns to the point in the story where it left off at the end of [4:5](../04/05.md). (If it would be helpful, review the note to [4:6](../04/06.md). That note explains how the book tells of later events in [4:6–23](../04/06.md) to show that the Jews were wise not to trust the Samaritans when they offered to help rebuild the temple during the reign of Cyrus, since they demonstrated by their repeated future opposition that they really were the enemies of the Jews.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something explicitly here that would show how the book is returning to the time of Cyrus and his immediate successors. Alternate translation: “the enemies of the Jews tried, under later kings, to stop them from rebuilding Jerusalem. They attempted the same thing under Cyrus and his successors and they were able to stop the work on the temple for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 437 | EZR | 4 | 24 | s03r | figs-activepassive | וַהֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א | 1 | the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the Jews did not start rebuilding again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 438 | EZR | 4 | 24 | v4gi | translate-names | דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ | 1 | the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius | **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 439 | EZR | 5 | intro | rn2j | 0 | # Ezra 05 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br><br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again to build the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) | |||
| 440 | EZR | 5 | 1 | buty | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י | 1 | Iddo | The word **then** indicates that the event the story will now relate took place at the time just named, that is, the second year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) |
| 441 | EZR | 5 | 1 | fxco | translate-unknown | נביאיא | 1 | Iddo | A **prophet** is someone who speaks messages from God to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 442 | EZR | 5 | 1 | qgzx | translate-names | חַגַּ֣י | 1 | Iddo | **Haggai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 443 | EZR | 5 | 1 | bdb8 | translate-names | וּזְכַרְיָ֤ה בַר־עִדּוֹא֙ | 1 | Iddo | **Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 444 | EZR | 5 | 1 | zfch | figs-explicit | וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י…עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א דִּ֥י בִיה֖וּד וּבִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם | 1 | Iddo | The implication, based on how the Jewish leaders respond in the next verse, is that Haggai and Zechariah prophesied to them specifically that they should resume work on rebuilding the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “told the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem that they should start rebuilding the temple again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 445 | EZR | 5 | 1 | gfey | figs-idiom | בְּשֻׁ֛ם אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | Iddo | This expression means that Haggai and Zechariah made clear that they were speaking to the Jews on behalf of God, as if God were speaking through them. Alternate translation: “as messengers of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 446 | EZR | 5 | 1 | ko7o | figs-informremind | אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | Iddo | As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 447 | EZR | 5 | 1 | gw8s | figs-metaphor | עֲלֵיהֽוֹן | 1 | Iddo | God is described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above the Jews to indicate that they acknowledged his authority and they served and obeyed him. Alternate translation: “whom the Jews worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 448 | EZR | 5 | 2 | hkqf | grammar-connect-logic-result | בֵּאדַ֡יִן | 1 | Jeshua…Jozadak | **Then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 449 | EZR | 5 | 2 | z38k | translate-names | זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ | 1 | Shealtiel | **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man, and **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 450 | EZR | 5 | 2 | u7ce | translate-names | וְיֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק | 1 | Jeshua…Jozadak | **Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 451 | EZR | 5 | 2 | j3sv | figs-idiom | קָ֠מוּ | 1 | Jeshua…Jozadak | In this context, the word **arose** means he took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 452 | EZR | 5 | 2 | mz7h | figs-metaphor | וְשָׁרִ֣יו לְמִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א | 1 | to build the house of God | Alternate translation: “resumed work on rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 453 | EZR | 5 | 3 | pmcm | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | בֵּהּ־זִמְנָא֩ | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | The phrase **at that time** indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “when they did this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) |
| 454 | EZR | 5 | 3 | kl9l | translate-names | תַּ֠תְּנַי | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | **Tattenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 455 | EZR | 5 | 3 | gs4x | translate-names | עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 456 | EZR | 5 | 3 | xjkh | translate-names | וּשְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | **Shethar-Bozenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 457 | EZR | 5 | 3 | kq8c | figs-idiom | וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | As often in the book, the term **companions** here indicates people who holds similar positions. Alternate translation: “and their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 458 | EZR | 5 | 3 | zz1b | מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | Alternate translation: “who gave you permission” or “who authorized you” | |
| 459 | EZR | 5 | 3 | a23k | figs-parallelism | בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לִבְּנֵ֔א וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 460 | EZR | 5 | 3 | rp2r | figs-metaphor | בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 461 | EZR | 5 | 5 | ewqj | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וְעֵ֣ין | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 462 | EZR | 5 | 5 | gv23 | figs-metaphor | וְעֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲהֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א | 1 | the eye of God was on | Here, **eye** stands for seeing, and in this context seeing figuratively means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be all right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 463 | EZR | 5 | 5 | mvci | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְלָא | 1 | the eye of God was on | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 464 | EZR | 5 | 5 | eu4e | figs-explicit | וְלָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖א לְדָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ | 1 | a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter | **They** means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “and Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away, but they decided instead to report the matter to King Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 465 | EZR | 5 | 5 | udsx | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וֶאֱדַ֛יִן | 1 | a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter | This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 466 | EZR | 5 | 5 | y8gi | יְתִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖א עַל־דְּנָֽה | 1 | a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter | **They** actually means Darius here. As in [4:18](../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court. | |
| 467 | EZR | 5 | 6 | jbg5 | translate-names | תַּתְּנַ֣י…וּשְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ | 1 | This is a copy of the letter | These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 468 | EZR | 5 | 6 | uq1x | וּכְנָ֣וָתֵ֔הּ | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | Alternate translation: “and their associates” | |
| 469 | EZR | 5 | 7 | tqh1 | figs-quotemarks | לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | Here the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 470 | EZR | 5 | 7 | xf0z | לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). | |
| 471 | EZR | 5 | 7 | mho8 | שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | As in [4:17](../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “greetings” or “we hope all is well with you” | |
| 472 | EZR | 5 | 8 | wizf | figs-activepassive | יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א | 1 | General Information: | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 473 | EZR | 5 | 8 | nv7q | אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִיה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּא֙ | 1 | General Information: | Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah” | |
| 474 | EZR | 5 | 8 | avmn | figs-metaphor | לְבֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣א רַבָּ֔א | 1 | General Information: | This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “to the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 475 | EZR | 5 | 8 | nmq2 | figs-activepassive | וְה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְאָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּכֻתְלַיָּ֑א וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א | 1 | timbers | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say who was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “the Jews are building the temple out of large stones and setting timber beams in the walls. They are doing the work diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 476 | EZR | 5 | 8 | cgiz | figs-activepassive | וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א | 1 | timbers | Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several more times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “they are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 477 | EZR | 5 | 8 | nzzw | figs-metaphor | וּמַצְלַ֥ח בְּיֶדְהֹֽם | 1 | timbers | Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 478 | EZR | 5 | 9 | uee9 | figs-quotemarks | מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה | 1 | Who issued you a command | This is a quotation within a quotation. That is, the book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what they asked the Jewish elders. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 479 | EZR | 5 | 9 | p8jz | figs-quotemarks | מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה | 1 | Who issued you a command | See how you translated this question in [5:3](../05/03.dm). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 480 | EZR | 5 | 10 | okji | וְאַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְהֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּהֹ֖ם לְהוֹדָעוּתָ֑ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם | 1 | Who issued you a command | Alternate translation: “and we also asked them their names so that we could let you know what they were. We are sending you, in writing, the names of the men who were their leaders” | |
| 481 | EZR | 5 | 10 | qn28 | figs-metaphor | גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם | 1 | Who issued you a command | Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying leader. Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 482 | EZR | 5 | 11 | f9fm | figs-quotemarks | אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א | 1 | General Information: | Starting here, and through [5:16](../05/16.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 483 | EZR | 5 | 11 | m5y2 | figs-idiom | אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א | 1 | We are servants of the God | The Jewish leaders describe themselves as **servants** of God because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “we worship the God who created heaven and earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 484 | EZR | 5 | 11 | r5fg | figs-explicit | אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א | 1 | We are servants of the God | The implications of this phrase are that God created heaven and earth and therefore rightfully rules over them. Alternate translation: “is the God who created heaven and earth and rules over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 485 | EZR | 5 | 11 | y9hr | figs-hendiadys | וּמֶ֤לֶךְ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖הִי וְשַׁכְלְלֵֽהּ | 1 | completed | In this section of the book, **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 486 | EZR | 5 | 12 | un5r | figs-metaphor | מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨נָא֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א | 1 | General Information: | Here, **fathers** figuratively means ancestors. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 487 | EZR | 5 | 12 | pqp8 | figs-metaphor | יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר | 1 | provoked the God of heaven to wrath | Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 488 | EZR | 5 | 12 | cy4x | figs-metonymy | יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר | 1 | he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people | Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed them to be conquered by the armies of Nebuchadnezzar” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy\]\]) |
| 489 | EZR | 5 | 12 | lfdn | translate-names | נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל | 1 | he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people | **Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man, and **Babylon** is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 490 | EZR | 5 | 12 | soz8 | figs-informremind | כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה | 1 | he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people | Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 491 | EZR | 5 | 12 | wqnc | translate-names | כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה | 1 | he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people | **Chaldean** is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 492 | EZR | 5 | 13 | e3wn | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | בְּרַם֙ | 1 | King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God | The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the temple and the way Cyrus commanded it to be rebuilt. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 493 | EZR | 5 | 13 | t6xc | translate-names | לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ | 1 | King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God | **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 494 | EZR | 5 | 13 | g9o0 | figs-explicit | מַלְכָּ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל | 1 | King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God | Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 495 | EZR | 5 | 14 | q6am | וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר | 1 | General Information: | This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because, in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence into three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to a man named Sheshbazzar” | |
| 496 | EZR | 5 | 14 | ukn9 | translate-unknown | מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ | 1 | General Information: | This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These **vessels** were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 497 | EZR | 5 | 14 | qsv0 | figs-activepassive | וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ | 1 | General Information: | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 498 | EZR | 5 | 14 | w7ix | translate-names | לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר | 1 | Sheshbazzar | **Sheshbazzar** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 499 | EZR | 5 | 15 | kwvp | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַאֲמַר | 1 | Let the house of God be rebuilt | The elders use the word **then** to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 500 | EZR | 5 | 15 | q6r3 | figs-activepassive | וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ | 1 | Let the house of God be rebuilt | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 501 | EZR | 5 | 16 | x9zt | grammar-connect-time-sequential | אֱדַ֨יִן֙ | 1 | General Information: | The elders use the word **then** to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 502 | EZR | 5 | 16 | batc | שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א | 1 | General Information: | The implication is that he came here, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, he came to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here” | |
| 503 | EZR | 5 | 16 | iuxm | וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם | 1 | General Information: | In several places the book uses the terms **built and complete** to mean constructed. (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after **not**, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it” | |
| 504 | EZR | 5 | 16 | d7m8 | figs-activepassive | מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם | 1 | it has been under construction, but is not complete | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 505 | EZR | 5 | 16 | myr8 | figs-quotemarks | וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם | 1 | under construction | Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [5:11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 506 | EZR | 5 | 17 | f4m4 | וּכְעַ֞ן | 1 | General Information: | As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), **and now** is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase. | |
| 507 | EZR | 5 | 17 | abm5 | figs-activepassive | יִ֠תְבַּקַּר | 1 | let a search be made | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 508 | EZR | 5 | 17 | gidq | figs-metaphor | בְּבֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣א | 1 | let a search be made | [6:1](../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a house [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 509 | EZR | 5 | 17 | vii9 | figs-activepassive | הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְמִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם | 1 | if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 510 | EZR | 5 | 17 | ieh1 | figs-quotemarks | וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה…עֲלֶֽינָא | 1 | if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus | Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending the quotation here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 511 | EZR | 6 | intro | y5d8 | 0 | # Ezra 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: \[\[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple\]\])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br><br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Darius<br><br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia to be the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reason that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group. | |||
| 512 | EZR | 6 | 1 | cmmn | grammar-connect-logic-result | בֵּאדַ֛יִן | 1 | issued a command and a search was made | The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 513 | EZR | 6 | 1 | spf8 | figs-explicit | דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ | 1 | issued a command and a search was made | The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 514 | EZR | 6 | 1 | pb3s | translate-names | דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ | 1 | issued a command and a search was made | **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 515 | EZR | 6 | 1 | dze3 | figs-metaphor | בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין | 1 | in the archives where the treasures were stored | This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 516 | EZR | 6 | 1 | ekf1 | figs-activepassive | בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין | 1 | in the archives where the treasures were stored | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 517 | EZR | 6 | 1 | p41w | figs-idiom | תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל | 1 | in the archives where the treasures were stored | This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom\]\]) |
| 518 | EZR | 6 | 2 | vcxt | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח | 1 | a scroll was found | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 519 | EZR | 6 | 2 | gfa8 | figs-activepassive | וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה | 1 | a scroll was found | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 520 | EZR | 6 | 2 | f8w5 | translate-names | בְּאַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּמָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖ה | 1 | Ecbatana | **Ecbatana** is the name of a city, and **Media** is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 521 | EZR | 6 | 3 | i2dk | figs-quotemarks | בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א | 1 | General Information: | Here the book begins to quote what was said on the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 522 | EZR | 6 | 3 | ev3b | translate-ordinal | בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א | 1 | In the first year of King Cyrus | The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, first, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king ” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal\]\]) |
| 523 | EZR | 6 | 3 | lyht | translate-names | לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ | 1 | In the first year of King Cyrus | **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 524 | EZR | 6 | 3 | gi3x | figs-quotemarks | בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א | 1 | Let the house be rebuilt | Starting here, and through [6:5](../06/05.md), there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 525 | EZR | 6 | 3 | uzdu | figs-parallelism | בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין | 1 | Let the house be rebuilt | **Built** and **maintained** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism\]\]) |
| 526 | EZR | 6 | 3 | wuej | figs-activepassive | בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין | 1 | Let the house be rebuilt | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 527 | EZR | 6 | 3 | x11q | figs-metaphor | בַּיְתָ֣א | 1 | Let the house be rebuilt | Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 528 | EZR | 6 | 3 | ts4a | translate-bdistance | רוּמֵהּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין | 1 | sixty cubits | If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “the temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “the temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) |
| 529 | EZR | 6 | 4 | q3hv | figs-explicit | נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְנִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת | 1 | with three rows of large stones and a row of new timber | It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to build this new temple out of wood and stone, just like the original one” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit\]\]) |
| 530 | EZR | 6 | 4 | tny3 | figs-metaphor | וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב | 1 | let the cost be paid by the king’s house | Here, **house** figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. **House** is a metaphor for property, meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension, everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor\]\]) |
| 531 | EZR | 6 | 4 | yh2n | figs-activepassive | וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב | 1 | let the cost be paid by the king’s house | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 532 | EZR | 6 | 4 | wjxj | figs-123person | וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב | 1 | let the cost be paid by the king’s house | Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 533 | EZR | 6 | 5 | ujut | מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥א דִי־בִירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל לְבָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן | 1 | let the cost be paid by the king’s house | See how you translated the very similar sentence in [5:14](../05/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could also break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar took out of the temple in Jerusalem the gold and silver objects that were used in worship, and he brought them to Babylon. Return these objects to the Jews” | |
| 534 | EZR | 6 | 5 | vlhj | figs-activepassive | מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן | 1 | let the cost be paid by the king’s house | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “return these objects to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 535 | EZR | 6 | 5 | bwim | translate-unknown | מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ | 1 | let the cost be paid by the king’s house | **Vessels** specifically means the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 536 | EZR | 6 | 5 | wl8e | figs-parallelism | וִ֠יהָךְ לְהֵיכְלָ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְאַתְרֵ֔הּ וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא | 1 | let the cost be paid by the king’s house | These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “make sure that you put these objects back in the temple, right where they belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 537 | EZR | 6 | 5 | vo0d | figs-quotemarks | וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא | 1 | let the cost be paid by the king’s house | Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 538 | EZR | 6 | 5 | xrzz | figs-quotemarks | וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא | 1 | let the cost be paid by the king’s house | Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 539 | EZR | 6 | 6 | f9x5 | figs-ellipsis | כְּעַ֡ן | 1 | General Information: | Here the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now Tattaenai …” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis\]\]) |
| 540 | EZR | 6 | 6 | ks97 | figs-quotemarks | כְּעַ֡ן | 1 | General Information: | Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 541 | EZR | 6 | 6 | xd9g | translate-names | תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 542 | EZR | 6 | 6 | xk9x | וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | Alternate translation: “their associates” or “your associates” | |
| 543 | EZR | 6 | 6 | akg1 | figs-metaphor | רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | King Darius uses a spatial metaphor to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor\]\]) |
| 544 | EZR | 6 | 7 | k1ks | figs-parallelism | שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַעֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in [6:6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 545 | EZR | 6 | 8 | njb9 | figs-activepassive | וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְגֻבְרַיָּ֥א אִלֵּ֖ךְ | 1 | Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to carefully pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive\]\]) |
| 546 | EZR | 6 | 8 | te7b | figs-123person | וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 547 | EZR | 6 | 8 | xfsc | figs-litotes | דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | **It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 548 | EZR | 6 | 8 | yolo | דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple” | |
| 549 | EZR | 6 | 9 | ouqv | figs-activepassive | וּמָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְדִכְרִ֣ין וְאִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַעֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּמְשַׁ֗ח כְּמֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | This sentence, like the one in [5:14](../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break it up in to four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10](../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “the priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything they need every single day” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive\]\]) |
| 550 | EZR | 6 | 9 | kf3e | figs-idiom | וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | This expression refers to young male bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 551 | EZR | 6 | 9 | fn3z | לַעֲלָוָ֣ן | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings” | |
| 552 | EZR | 6 | 9 | zxb9 | לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven” | |
| 553 | EZR | 6 | 9 | n37a | figs-idiom | י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | **Day by day** is an idiom that means every day or every single day. Alternate translation: “every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 554 | EZR | 6 | 9 | wlto | figs-litotes | דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | Here the king uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 555 | EZR | 6 | 10 | mchh | לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven” | |
| 556 | EZR | 6 | 10 | xq28 | figs-123person | לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי | 1 | at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River | Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 557 | EZR | 6 | 11 | em18 | figs-activepassive | וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י | 1 | General Information: | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 558 | EZR | 6 | 11 | zdzd | figs-idiom | כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣א דְנָ֔ה | 1 | General Information: | **Change** could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something other than what his decree commands. [6:12](../06/12.md) suggests that changing could mean destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “if anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 559 | EZR | 6 | 11 | uqt8 | figs-explicit | יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ וּזְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑הִי | 1 | a beam must be pulled from his house and he must be impaled on it. His house must then be turned into a rubbish heap | This is an implicit reference to one form of capital punishment that the Persians used. Darius assumes that the officials know what he means. Anyone who violates his order is to be lifted up and impaled on a beam of wood from his own house. That is, one end of the beam is to be sharpened so that it will pass through the body of the offender, and he is to be suspended in the air on the beam. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house, sharpen one end, and lift him up and impale him on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 560 | EZR | 6 | 11 | w334 | figs-metaphor | וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה | 1 | a beam | The expression **rubbish heap** means figuratively that the house would be so thoroughly destroyed that it would look like a garbage dump. The former site of the house would not necessarily be used as an actual dump. Alternate translation: “and as a further punishment for violating my order, I command you to demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 561 | EZR | 6 | 11 | i9yf | figs-activepassive | יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ…וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד | 1 | impaled | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house and demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 562 | EZR | 6 | 12 | eirc | figs-personification | וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר | 1 | who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy | Darius speaks of God’s **name** here as if it were capable of living in a place. The phrase echoes Jewish usage, which Darius may be following deliberately to show his respect for the God whose temple he wants to be rebuilt. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. Alternate translation: “may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 563 | EZR | 6 | 12 | bajr | figs-metonymy | וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר | 1 | who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy | Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Their fame is described by something associated with it, how well known their name is and how people react to hearing it. Alternate translation: “may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 564 | EZR | 6 | 12 | jqt7 | figs-idiom | יְמַגַּ֞ר | 1 | who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy | This is an idiom that means **destroy**. Alternate translation: “destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 565 | EZR | 6 | 12 | e5ta | figs-idiom | כָּל־מֶ֤לֶךְ וְעַם֙ דִּ֣י ׀ יִשְׁלַ֣ח יְדֵ֗הּ | 1 | who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy | Here the expression “who stretches out his hand” means to seek to do harm. Alternate translation: “any king or people who, with harmful intent, attempts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 566 | EZR | 6 | 12 | mn8y | figs-ellipsis | לְהַשְׁנָיָ֛ה לְחַבָּלָ֛ה בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ | 1 | who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy | This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that no one is to alter or destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “to alter the design of that temple or destroy it” (2) It could mean that no one is to try to **change** the decree of Darius, in the sense of disobey or defy, as in the previous verse, so that they can destroy the temple rather than ensure that it is rebuilt. In that case, this letter would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “to disobey my decree and destroy that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 567 | EZR | 6 | 12 | y3sn | figs-informremind | דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם | 1 | to change it | Here Darius repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple this decree applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 568 | EZR | 6 | 12 | hjya | figs-activepassive | אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣מֶת טְעֵ֔ם אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד | 1 | to change it | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “I, King Darius, am issuing this decree. I command you to carry it out exactly and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 569 | EZR | 6 | 12 | yf8s | translate-names | דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ | 1 | to change it | **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 570 | EZR | 6 | 12 | a8x8 | figs-quotemarks | אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד | 1 | to change it | Here, the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [6:12](../06/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 571 | EZR | 6 | 13 | x0id | grammar-connect-logic-result | אֱ֠דַיִן | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “in response,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 572 | EZR | 6 | 13 | alm6 | translate-names | תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 573 | EZR | 6 | 13 | cdp6 | וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | Alternate translation: “their associates” | |
| 574 | EZR | 6 | 13 | pg74 | figs-explicit | לָקֳבֵ֗ל דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח דָּרְיָ֧וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֛א כְּנֵ֖מָא אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא עֲבַֽדוּ | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | The implication is that these men received the king’s response to their letter, and once they knew what he had commanded, they carried out his orders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “received the response of King Darius to their letter and immediately carried out exactly what he had ordered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 575 | EZR | 6 | 14 | pxrv | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְשָׂבֵ֤י | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 576 | EZR | 6 | 14 | iu9r | figs-hendiadys | וְשָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ בָּנַ֣יִן וּמַצְלְחִ֔ין | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | The phrase **building and prospering** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **building** tells what the elders **prospered** or succeeded in. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were able to rebuild the temple successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 577 | EZR | 6 | 14 | mibx | figs-explicit | בִּנְבוּאַת֙ חַגַּ֣י נביאה וּזְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | As in [5:1](../05/01.md), the implication is that these two men, as God’s messengers, encouraged the Jewish leaders to persevere in the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “thanks to the encouragement that Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo gave them in messages from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 578 | EZR | 6 | 14 | l5ag | translate-names | חַגַּ֣י | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | **Haggai** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 579 | EZR | 6 | 14 | tetn | translate-names | וּזְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | **Zechariah** is the name of a man, and Iddo is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 580 | EZR | 6 | 14 | s1jd | figs-hendiadys | וּבְנ֣וֹ וְשַׁכְלִ֗לוּ | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | As in [5:11](../05/11.md), the words **built** and **completed** connected with **and** express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, completed is another way of saying built. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 581 | EZR | 6 | 14 | d77p | figs-explicit | וּבְנ֣וֹ וְשַׁכְלִ֗לוּ | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | The implication is that what the Jewish leaders **built and completed**, that is, constructed, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 582 | EZR | 6 | 14 | mgzk | figs-metaphor | מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | Here the book speaks figuratively of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, like the ones that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 583 | EZR | 6 | 14 | j4jr | figs-explicit | וּמִטְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | Here, the book assumes some knowledge on the part of readers, because by this point in time, only King Cyrus [(1:2–4)](../01/02.md) and King Darius [(6:6–12)](../06/06.md) had issued decrees for the Jerusalem temple to be rebuilt. Artaxerxes was the grandson of Darius, and he would not become king for another 50 years. Moreover, while the book anticipated the reign of Artaxerxes in [4:7–23](../04/07.md), there it recounted how he ordered the temple rebuilding to stop. But the book is assuming that readers will know that Artaxerxes eventually did reverse himself and issue a decree for the maintenance of the Jerusalem temple. The book describes this in [7:12–26](../07/12.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and just as King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia had decreed they should do. King Artaxerxes of Persia later decreed that they should maintain the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 584 | EZR | 6 | 14 | e83b | figs-informremind | כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who these men were. The phrase **the king of Persia** applies to each of them. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 585 | EZR | 6 | 14 | fwlf | translate-names | כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא | 1 | Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai | These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [1:1](../01/01.md), [4:5](../04/05.md), and [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 586 | EZR | 6 | 15 | zqs3 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְשֵׁיצִיא֙ | 1 | This house was completed | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 587 | EZR | 6 | 15 | q4v5 | figs-activepassive | וְשֵׁיצִיא֙ בַּיְתָ֣ה דְנָ֔ה | 1 | This house was completed | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were able to finish rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 588 | EZR | 6 | 15 | mz6f | figs-metaphor | בַּיְתָ֣ה דְנָ֔ה | 1 | This house was completed | As in [5:3](../05/03.md), **house** here is a figurative way of saying temple. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 589 | EZR | 6 | 15 | c1qx | translate-ordinal | עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר | 1 | the third day of the month of Adar | The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **three**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **third**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 590 | EZR | 6 | 15 | i2k0 | translate-hebrewmonths | עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר | 1 | the third day of the month of Adar | You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 591 | EZR | 6 | 15 | bhp9 | translate-ordinal | שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְמַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽא | 1 | sixth year | The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **six**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **sixth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 592 | EZR | 6 | 16 | xnpw | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַעֲבַ֣דוּ | 1 | the rest of the children of the exile | This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 593 | EZR | 6 | 16 | ajjz | figs-metaphor | בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל | 1 | the rest of the children of the exile | **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. The expression comprises the three groups that are listed next, the priests, Levites, and other Jews. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 594 | EZR | 6 | 16 | cq1q | figs-idiom | וּשְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗א | 1 | the rest of the children of the exile | As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 595 | EZR | 6 | 17 | r49v | figs-explicit | וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ…תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין לחטיא…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר | 1 | one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs | The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. Alternate translation: “they offered 100 bulls, 200 rams, and 400 lambs as whole burnt offerings and 12 male goats as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 596 | EZR | 6 | 17 | j5b6 | figs-idiom | וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין | 1 | one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs | A male goat is called a buck. So this expression, **bucks of goats**, means the same thing as male goats in [8:35](../08/35.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 597 | EZR | 6 | 17 | quwd | figs-explicit | וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְמִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs | The book assumes that readers will know that there were twelve tribes in Israel, so the twelve goats could symbolically represent the entire nation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “12 male goats … one for each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 598 | EZR | 6 | 18 | r0gx | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ | 1 | to their divisions | This phrase indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as then. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 599 | EZR | 6 | 18 | zkjf | figs-metaphor | וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜א…וְלֵוָיֵא֙ | 1 | to their divisions | Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. So to cause someone to stand is to appoint them to those duties and install them in that office. Alternate translation: “they appointed the priests and Levites to serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 600 | EZR | 6 | 18 | ba06 | figs-metaphor | עַל־עֲבִידַ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם | 1 | to their divisions | Here the book describes God in a spatial metaphor as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to lead the worship of God in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 601 | EZR | 6 | 18 | vt19 | כִּכְתָ֖ב סְפַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה | 1 | to their divisions | Alternate translation: “as it is written in the book of Moses” or “as God commanded in the law of Moses” | |
| 602 | EZR | 6 | 19 | g898 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח | 1 | to their divisions | The phrase at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it explains the results of what the previous sentence described. (As [6:20](../06/20.md) explains, because the priests and Levites had been assigned to their duties, festivals like this could be observed again.) Alternate translation: “as a result, the Jews who had returned from exile were able to celebrate Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 603 | EZR | 6 | 19 | iy2d | figs-idiom | בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה | 1 | to their divisions | See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 604 | EZR | 6 | 19 | hfmy | translate-unknown | אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח | 1 | to their divisions | **Passover** is the name of a religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 605 | EZR | 6 | 19 | jw76 | translate-ordinal | בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן | 1 | to their divisions | The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **14**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, fourteenth, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 606 | EZR | 6 | 19 | j6lm | translate-hebrewmonths | בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן | 1 | fourteenth day of the first month | You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 607 | EZR | 6 | 19 | k52r | figs-explicit | בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן | 1 | fourteenth day of the first month | This means the first month of the following year. Since Adar is the last month in the Jewish calendar, this was only a few weeks after the temple was finished. The implication is that the Jewish leaders had been able to complete that work and install the priests and Levites in time to celebrate this festival. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “only a few weeks later, on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 608 | EZR | 6 | 20 | ibwf | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֣י | 1 | purified themselves | The word **for** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason why the action described in the previous sentence was possible. Alternate translation: “they were able to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 609 | EZR | 6 | 20 | ahmg | figs-idiom | הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֧ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֛ם כְּאֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים | 1 | purified themselves | As in [3:9](../03/09.md), **as one** is an idiom that means that these priests and Levites all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing. Alternate translation: “every single one of the priests and Levites had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 610 | EZR | 6 | 20 | rjm2 | figs-parallelism | הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ…כְּאֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים | 1 | purified themselves | These two phrases mean the same thing. The book uses the repetition for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “every single one had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 611 | EZR | 6 | 20 | j34t | figs-metaphor | הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ | 1 | purified themselves | Being pure figuratively represents being acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 612 | EZR | 6 | 20 | ryyj | figs-explicit | וַיִּשְׁחֲט֤וּ הַפֶּ֨סַח֙ | 1 | purified themselves | The book assumes that readers will know that the **Passover** celebration included a special meal of **lamb**. The Israelites had slaughtered lambs to eat on the night before they left Egypt, and they had put the blood of the lambs on their doorframes so that God would pass over their houses and everyone inside would be safe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they slaughtered lambs for the special Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 613 | EZR | 6 | 20 | cgbl | translate-names | הַפֶּ֨סַח֙ | 1 | purified themselves | See how you translated the name of this festival in [6:19](../06/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 614 | EZR | 6 | 20 | b9et | figs-idiom | בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה | 1 | purified themselves | See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 615 | EZR | 6 | 20 | m6ql | figs-metaphor | וְלַאֲחֵיהֶ֥ם הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים | 1 | purified themselves | Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that this group included some of the biological brothers of the priests who slaughtered the lambs. Alternate translation: “their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 616 | EZR | 6 | 21 | dpio | figs-metaphor | וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land | **Sons** here figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites ate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 617 | EZR | 6 | 21 | zqei | figs-ellipsis | וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land | Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “the Israelites ate the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 618 | EZR | 6 | 21 | n0yo | figs-explicit | וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה | 1 | had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land | This could mean one of several things. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “and anyone from another nation who had abandoned their former practices and become a Jew and would now worship and obey Yahweh” (2) It could be referring to Israelites who had not been taken into exile but who had adopted the customs and practices of the other people groups that had come to live in the former Jewish homeland. Alternate translation: “as well as Israelites who had not gone into exile, who had adopted foreign practices, but who would now join the returned exiles in worshiping and obeying Yahweh” (3) It might not be a reference to a distinct group, but rather a description of something additional that was true of the people in the first group who celebrated the Passover. This is the interpretation that UST follows. Alternate translation: “that is, all those returned exiles who resolved to reject foreign practices and worship and obey Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].) |
| 619 | EZR | 6 | 21 | alu2 | figs-metaphor | מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת | 1 | the uncleanness of the nations of the land | Here, **uncleanness** figuratively represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “the things that…made them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 620 | EZR | 6 | 21 | slp3 | figs-idiom | גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ | 1 | the uncleanness of the nations of the land | Like **the people of the land** in [4:4](../04/04.md), this expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups who were living in this area. (Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) if that would be helpful.) Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 621 | EZR | 6 | 21 | tyz7 | figs-metaphor | אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה | 1 | to seek Yahweh | To **seek** Yahweh figuratively means choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 622 | EZR | 6 | 21 | mamh | figs-informremind | אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | to seek Yahweh | As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 623 | EZR | 6 | 22 | nq0t | translate-names | וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּשִׂמְחָ֑ה | 1 | turned the heart of the king of Assyria | **Feast of Unleavened Bread** is the name of another religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. The term **Unleavened Bread** refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. Unleavened bread is served in the yearly Passover meal in remembrance of that time. For the next week after Passover, the Jews are still not to eat any leavened bread. The beginning and end of that week are marked by special ceremonies. Alternate translation: “for the next seven days they joyfully celebrated the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 624 | EZR | 6 | 22 | k6q8 | figs-metaphor | וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | turned the heart of the king of Assyria | Here, **the heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Turning the king’s heart towards the Jews figuratively means that Yahweh made him think and feel differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “and made King Darius of Persia favorable to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 625 | EZR | 6 | 22 | m7l7 | figs-informremind | אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | the work of the house of God | As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 626 | EZR | 7 | intro | p3he | 0 | # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezra begins his religious reforms.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) | |||
| 627 | EZR | 7 | 1 | h549 | וְאַחַר֙ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה | 1 | General Information: | This phrase, common in Hebrew storytelling, indicates that the book will now relate events that came some time after the events it has described to this point. (Nearly sixty years went by between the sixth year of the reign of Darius, when the Jews finished rebuilding the temple, [6:15](../06/15.md), and the seventh year of Artaxerxes, who was the grandson of Darius, when Ezra traveled to Jerusalem, [7:6](../07/06.md).) If your language has a similar phrase that indicates this same thing, you can use that in your translation. | |
| 628 | EZR | 7 | 1 | qol2 | translate-names | אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא | 1 | General Information: | **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 629 | EZR | 7 | 1 | uerz | figs-explicit | עֶזְרָא֙ | 1 | General Information: | In Ezra’s genealogy in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), the book compresses about 30 generations, from Ezra back to Aaron, into a list of 16 ancestors. There is a symbolic significance behind the number of names chosen for the list, as this note will explain shortly. Moreover, three men on the list are included specifically because they had significant roles in the history of the worship of the Israelite community. Aaron [(7:5)](../07/05.md) was the first high priest under the law of Moses and the first to serve in the tabernacle. Azariah [(7:3)](../07/03.md) was the first high priest to serve in the temple that Solomon built, which this book describes in [5:11](../05/11.md). Seraiah [(7:1)](../07/01.md) was the last high priest to serve in that temple. Unfortunately, the Babylonians executed him when they conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The rest of the names in the list are selected so that there will be seven generations between Aaron and Azariah, and seven generations between Azariah and Ezra, with Seraiah listed as the last generation before Ezra, even though he was Ezra’s great-grandfather. In the Bible, the number seven symbolically represents completeness. So this genealogy does not merely provide a partial list of the names of Ezra’s ancestors. Rather, it depicts his coming to Jerusalem as another definitive moment in the worship life of the Israelite community, comparable to the inauguration of worship in the tabernacle in the wilderness under Moses and in the Jerusalem temple under Solomon. If you have the freedom to use formatting creatively in your translation, you could make the implicit information about Aaron, Azariah, and Seraiah explicit and format this genealogy in a way that will highlight its purpose and design. Alternate translation and formatting:<br><br>Ezra—<br><br>the descendant of Seraiah, the last high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br>the son of Azariah,<br>the son of Hilkiah,<br>the son of Shallum,<br>the son of Zadok,<br>the descendant of Ahitub,<br>the descendant of Amariah,<br><br>the son of Azariah, the high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br><br>the descendant of Meraioth,<br>the son of Zerahiah,<br>the son of Uzzi,<br>the son of Bukki,<br>the son of Abishua,<br>the son of Phinehas,<br>the son of Eleazar,<br><br>the son of Aaron, the first high priest in the tabernacle<br><br>—this Ezra<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 630 | EZR | 7 | 1 | u6xs | translate-names | עֶזְרָא֙ | 1 | General Information: | **Ezra** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 631 | EZR | 7 | 1 | gcr6 | translate-names | שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה | 1 | Azariah…Hilkiah | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 632 | EZR | 7 | 2 | iy78 | בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב | 1 | Shallum | Alternate translation: “the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub” | |
| 633 | EZR | 7 | 2 | e2ek | translate-names | שַׁלּ֥וּם…צָד֖וֹק…אֲחִיטֽוּב | 1 | Zadok…Ahitub | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 634 | EZR | 7 | 3 | rqiw | בֶּן־אֲמַרְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְרָיֽוֹת | 1 | Amariah…Azariah…Meraioth | Alternate translation: “the descendant of Amariah, the son of Azariah, the descendant of Meraioth” | |
| 635 | EZR | 7 | 3 | h5gv | translate-names | אֲמַרְיָ֥ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…מְרָיֽוֹת | 1 | Amariah…Azariah…Meraioth | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 636 | EZR | 7 | 4 | zd73 | translate-names | זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה…עֻזִּ֖י…בֻּקִּֽי | 1 | Zerahiah…Uzzi…Bukki | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 637 | EZR | 7 | 5 | jvt2 | translate-names | אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ…פִּֽינְחָס֙…אֶלְעָזָ֔ר…אַהֲרֹ֥ן | 1 | Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar | These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 638 | EZR | 7 | 5 | t064 | figs-informremind | הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ | 1 | Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar | Here the book provides some background information to remind readers of who Aaron was. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 639 | EZR | 7 | 5 | pqgw | figs-explicit | הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ | 1 | Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar | The book assumes that readers will know that Aaron was the first high priest to serve in the tabernacle when God gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “the first high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 640 | EZR | 7 | 6 | ol9o | figs-idiom | ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִבָּבֶ֔ל | 1 | The king granted to him all his request | The book says that Ezra **went up** because he needed to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from exile in Babylon to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “this Ezra returned from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 641 | EZR | 7 | 6 | xd8u | writing-background | וְהֽוּא־סֹפֵ֤ר מָהִיר֙ בְּתוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | The king granted to him all his request | This is background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “he had carefully studied the law that Yahweh, the God of Israel, had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 642 | EZR | 7 | 6 | w6u9 | figs-metaphor | וַיִּתֶּן־ל֣וֹ הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָיו֙ עָלָ֔יו כֹּ֖ל בַּקָּשָׁתֽוֹ | 1 | according to the hand of Yahweh his God upon him | Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and in this context the expression **the hand of Yahweh his God upon him** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. (The expression has a similar sense to the one in [5:5](../05/05.md), **the eye of God was on the elders of the Jews.**) Alternate translations: “King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was helping him” or “King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was showing him favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 643 | EZR | 7 | 7 | tof2 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ | 1 | in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes | This phrase indicates that the event this sentence describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) |
| 644 | EZR | 7 | 7 | n433 | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל | 1 | in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes | **Sons** here figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “some of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 645 | EZR | 7 | 7 | myus | translate-names | וְהַלְוִיִּ֜ם | 1 | in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes | See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 646 | EZR | 7 | 7 | tj7t | וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים | 1 | in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes | This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. | |
| 647 | EZR | 7 | 7 | zwq2 | וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים | 1 | in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes | This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. | |
| 648 | EZR | 7 | 7 | szwv | translate-names | וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים | 1 | in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes | See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 649 | EZR | 7 | 7 | u61a | figs-idiom | וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם | 1 | in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes | The book says **went up** because these people had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 650 | EZR | 7 | 7 | tt66 | translate-ordinal | בִּשְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes | The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **seven**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **seventh**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 651 | EZR | 7 | 8 | cr7y | translate-hebrewmonths | וַיָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י | 1 | the fifth month | **He** means Ezra, but the statement also applies to the all others described in [7:7](../07/07.md) who were traveling with him. The **fifth month** means the fifth month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “and they all arrived in Jerusalem during the fifth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 652 | EZR | 7 | 8 | vee2 | translate-ordinal | בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י | 1 | the fifth month | Alternate translation: “in month five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 653 | EZR | 7 | 8 | co12 | translate-ordinal | הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | the fifth month | Alternate translation: “in year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes,” or, since the year was mentioned at the end of the previous verse, “of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 654 | EZR | 7 | 9 | fsqw | writing-background | כִּ֗י | 1 | the first day of the first month | The word **for** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will help readers appreciate what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. Alternate translation: “now” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 655 | EZR | 7 | 9 | wl5l | figs-idiom | בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן ה֣וּא יְסֻ֔ד הַֽמַּעֲלָ֖ה מִבָּבֶ֑ל | 1 | the first day of the first month | The book says **ascent** to characterize the journey once again as involving a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “the group began its uphill trip <br>from Babylon on the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 656 | EZR | 7 | 9 | f68n | translate-hebrewmonths | בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן | 1 | the first day of the first month | The **first month** means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 657 | EZR | 7 | 9 | s9by | translate-ordinal | בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן | 1 | the first day of the fifth month | Alternate translation: “On day one of month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 658 | EZR | 7 | 9 | khid | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וּבְאֶחָ֞ד | 1 | the first day of the fifth month | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between how long this journey would be expect to take and how quickly Ezra and his companions reached Jerusalem. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 659 | EZR | 7 | 9 | ytmm | figs-explicit | וּבְאֶחָ֞ד לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו | 1 | the first day of the fifth month | The implication is that the journey was accomplished quickly and safely, and that this was further evidence of God’s favor towards Ezra. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem, because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 660 | EZR | 7 | 9 | vpbp | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּבְאֶחָ֞ד לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו | 1 | the first day of the fifth month | If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because God was helping them, it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 661 | EZR | 7 | 9 | k4wr | figs-metaphor | כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו | 1 | according to the good hand of his God | As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and the expression **the good hand of his God upon him** indicates that Ezra enjoyed God’s care, protection, and favor throughout this journey. Alternate translation: “because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 662 | EZR | 7 | 10 | lxrk | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֤י | 1 | Ezra had established his heart to seek | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The reason why God blessed them was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 663 | EZR | 7 | 10 | b5p7 | figs-metaphor | עֶזְרָא֙ הֵכִ֣ין לְבָב֔וֹ | 1 | Ezra had established his heart to seek | Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Alternate translation: “Ezra had firmly determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 664 | EZR | 7 | 10 | y7yr | figs-metaphor | לִדְר֛וֹשׁ אֶת־תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה וְלַעֲשֹׂ֑ת | 1 | to observe | Just as in [6:21](../06/21.md) to **seek** Yahweh figuratively means choosing to know, worship, and obey him, so here **to seek the law of Yahweh and to do it** means choosing to learn his law thoroughly in order to obey it, as a way of being loyal and obedient to Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “to learn the law Yahweh thoroughly and obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 665 | EZR | 7 | 10 | w9d8 | figs-hendiadys | וּלְלַמֵּ֥ד בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֹ֥ק וּמִשְׁפָּֽט | 1 | its statutes and ordinances | Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The words **statute** and **ordinance** both refer to commandments in the Law of Moses. The book uses the two words together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “and to teach the people of Israel everything that the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 666 | EZR | 7 | 10 | x92b | figs-personification | בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | its statutes and ordinances | Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 667 | EZR | 7 | 11 | qjr1 | translate-names | הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא | 1 | This is a copy of the letter | Artaxerxes is the name of a man. It also occurs in [7:12](../07/12.md) and [7:21](../07/21.md) in this chapter. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 668 | EZR | 7 | 11 | w5oy | figs-doublet | מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | This is a copy of the letter | These two phrases mean similar things. The book uses them together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 669 | EZR | 7 | 11 | y4s9 | figs-personification | יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | This is a copy of the letter | As in [7:10](../07/10.md), the story refers here to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 670 | EZR | 7 | 12 | zcfw | figs-quotemarks | אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא | 1 | Artaxerxes, king of kings | Here, the book begins to quote a letter of introduction and authorization that Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 671 | EZR | 7 | 12 | y33a | figs-explicit | אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א | 1 | Artaxerxes, king of kings | Following the conventions of letter writing at the time, Artaxerxes gives his name first, as the sender. **The king of kings** was a title, meaning that he was the greatest of kings, the king that other kings obeyed. Alternate translation: “the Great King Artaxerxes” or “Artaxerxes, the greatest king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 672 | EZR | 7 | 12 | afcw | writing-background | לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א | 1 | Artaxerxes, king of kings | As was also conventional, Artaxerxes gives Ezra’s name next, as the recipient. He also includes some background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “Ezra, a priest of the God who rules in heaven, who has studied his law carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 673 | EZR | 7 | 12 | gwt9 | אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א | 1 | Artaxerxes, king of kings | See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven” | |
| 674 | EZR | 7 | 12 | al0q | גְּמִ֖יר | 1 | Artaxerxes, king of kings | As in [4:17](../04/17.md) and [5:7](../05/07.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “greetings” or “we hope all is well with you” | |
| 675 | EZR | 7 | 12 | bf52 | וּכְעֶֽנֶת | 1 | Artaxerxes, king of kings | **And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. If it would be helpful, review the note about this expression at [4:10](../04/10.md). If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. | |
| 676 | EZR | 7 | 13 | d9b4 | figs-activepassive | מִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י | 1 | I am issuing a decree that all those…who desire to go up to Jerusalem | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 677 | EZR | 7 | 13 | wi2u | figs-you | לִמְהָ֧ךְ לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם עִמָּ֖ךְ יְהָֽךְ | 1 | may go with you | The king is addressing Ezra, so **you** refers to Ezra here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through [7:20](../07/20.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 678 | EZR | 7 | 13 | g0ml | מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל | 1 | may go with you | Here Artaxerxes specifies that **Israel** is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “the people known as ‘Israel’” | |
| 679 | EZR | 7 | 14 | cbf2 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | The word **because** indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). You can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, also consider the suggestion in the first note to [7:15](../07/15.md) about breaking up this long sentence if that would make things clearer for your readers. If you follow that suggestion, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. Alternate translation: “since” or “in view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 680 | EZR | 7 | 14 | h7cx | figs-activepassive | מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ | 1 | the king, and his seven counselors | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 681 | EZR | 7 | 14 | cx02 | figs-123person | מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ | 1 | the king, and his seven counselors | Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I … am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 682 | EZR | 7 | 14 | tpvw | figs-metaphor | מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ | 1 | the king, and his seven counselors | This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I am sending you from my court” or “I am sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 683 | EZR | 7 | 14 | u9he | translate-unknown | וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ | 1 | the king, and his seven counselors | As in [4:5](../04/05.md), **counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The seven mentioned here appear to have been the king’s closest and most important advisors. Alternate translation: “and his seven chief royal advisors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 684 | EZR | 7 | 14 | dnqr | figs-metonymy | לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ | 1 | the king, and his seven counselors | Artaxerxes is describing the Jews who in the province of Judah, and especially its capital city of Jerusalem, figuratively, by reference to things that are associated with them, the province and city where they live. Alternate translation: “to see how carefully the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem are following the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 685 | EZR | 7 | 14 | v44t | figs-explicit | לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ | 1 | to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God | The implication, particularly in light of the powers that the king gives Ezra at the end of the letter ([7:25–26](../07/25.md)), is that **inquire** means more than just to find out about. It also implies do something about. Alternate translation: “to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem follow the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 686 | EZR | 7 | 14 | bwvo | figs-metonymy | דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ | 1 | to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God | Here, **hand** could mean two different things, and perhaps both are intended. (1) It could mean that Ezra was going to bring a written copy of the law of God with him. In that case **hand** would figuratively mean Ezra himself, by reference to something associated with bringing the law along, carrying it in the hand or using the hand to pack it. Alternate translation: “that you are bringing with you” (2) **Hand** could also be a metaphor for power and authority, meaning that Ezra was to consider that the law of God gave him the authority to ensure that its commandments were followed. Alternate translation: “which will be the authority behind any measures you need to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 687 | EZR | 7 | 15 | m1pn | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣א וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי הִתְנַדַּ֨בוּ֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ | 1 | You are to bring the silver and gold | Verses [7:14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several parts. You could make [7:14](../07/14.md) a sentence of its own, and you could divide this verse into two sentences, one describing a reason and the other describing a result. Alternate translation: “my counselors and I have freely given silver and gold as offerings to the God of Israel. I am also sending you to deliver those gifts to his temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 688 | EZR | 7 | 15 | uu8a | figs-123person | מַלְכָּ֣א | 1 | have freely offered | As in [7:14](../07/14.md), Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 689 | EZR | 7 | 15 | qy1s | figs-personification | דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ | 1 | have freely offered | Artaxerxes speaks of the God of Israel as if he actually lived in Jerusalem. Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), he seems to be echoing Jewish usage, likely to show his respect for the God of Israel. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. In this context it seems to refer specifically to the temple since, in the next verse, Artaxerxes associates the silver and gold that he and his counselors have given with further gifts that others may give for the house of God that is in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 690 | EZR | 7 | 16 | p3du | figs-explicit | וְכֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל | 1 | the freewill offering of the people and the priests | The implication is that these would be contributions towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem, just like the gifts described in the rest of the verse. The further implication is that, just as the king and his counselors were sympathetic to the Jews in Jerusalem and eager to please the **God of heaven** ([7:23](../07/23.md)), others in the province might be as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 691 | EZR | 7 | 16 | epbi | figs-metonymy | בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל | 1 | the freewill offering of the people and the priests | Artaxerxes is describing the people who live in the province of Babylon figuratively, by reference to something associated with them, the province where they live. Alternate translation: “among everyone living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 692 | EZR | 7 | 16 | i0eg | translate-names | בָּבֶ֑ל | 1 | the freewill offering of the people and the priests | **Babylon** is the name of one of the provinces in the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [1:11](../01/11.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 693 | EZR | 7 | 16 | f74p | עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤א וְכָֽהֲנַיָּא֙ מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין לְבֵ֥ית אֱלָהֲהֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם | 1 | the freewill offering of the people and the priests | If you have chosen to divide this verse into two sentences, this can be the second sentence. Here, **the people** means the people of Israel, as in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “I also authorize you to collect any offerings that the people of Israel and their priests want to give freely for the temple in Jerusalem” | |
| 694 | EZR | 7 | 16 | pdnm | figs-informremind | דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם | 1 | the freewill offering of the people and the priests | Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), here Artaxerxes repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple his command applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 695 | EZR | 7 | 17 | pr2c | grammar-connect-logic-result | כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָה֩ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | This word introduces the final part of the long sentence in [7:14–17](../07/14.md). It indicates the results of the reasons that the sentence has given so far. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, if you have followed the suggestion to break this long sentence up into several shorter sentences, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 696 | EZR | 7 | 17 | ciw6 | figs-explicit | בְּכַסְפָּ֣א דְנָ֗ה | 1 | Connecting Statement: | The implication is that this means not just the gifts from the priests and Israelites, but also the gifts from the king, his counselors, and the people of the province of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “With all of this money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 697 | EZR | 7 | 17 | b2sq | figs-explicit | אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא תִקְנֵ֜א…דְנָ֗ה תּוֹרִ֤ין ׀ דִּכְרִין֙ אִמְּרִ֔ין וּמִנְחָתְה֖וֹן וְנִסְכֵּיה֑וֹן | 1 | diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings | The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were to be used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. The book also expects readers to know that the Law of Moses said that two further things should be offered together with the animals that were sacrificed in whole burnt offerings. One was a certain amount of flour mixed with oil, considered a **grain offering**. The other was a certain amount of wine, considered a **drink offering**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “be sure to buy bulls, rams, and lambs to sacrifice as whole burnt offerings, and grain, oil, and wine for the grain offerings and drink offerings that the law says must accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 698 | EZR | 7 | 17 | sjnr | אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא | 1 | diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings | In their decrees, as several examples in this book show, the Persian kings used this term **diligently** to mean carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Review the note to [5:8](../05/08.md) about this term if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “be sure to” | |
| 699 | EZR | 7 | 18 | a2bh | figs-metaphor | וּמָ֣ה דִי֩ עליך וְעַל־אחיך יֵיטַ֗ב בִּשְׁאָ֛ר כַּסְפָּ֥א וְדַהֲבָ֖ה לְמֶעְבַּ֑ד כִּרְע֥וּת אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם תַּעַבְדֽוּן | 1 | you and your brothers | Here, **brother** is a figurative way of saying **fellow Israelites**, and in context it likely refers to the other Jewish leaders who would decide with Ezra what to do with the extra money. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow Jewish leaders can decide what you think your God would like you to do with any silver and gold that is left over.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 700 | EZR | 7 | 19 | h5qf | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast, between what Ezra and the other Jewish leaders could do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of money and what they had to do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of bowls and other objects that could be used in the temple. You could begin the sentence with a word such as **however** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 701 | EZR | 7 | 19 | h6x1 | figs-explicit | וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ דִּֽי־מִתְיַהֲבִ֣ין לָ֔ךְ לְפָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑ךְ הַשְׁלֵ֕ם קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם | 1 | the objects that were given to you | As in [1:7](../01/07.md), **vessels** refers to bowls, basins, and other objects that could be used in worship in the temple. The ones that people contributed on this occasion are described in more detail in [8:26–27](../08/26.md). The implication in what the king says here is that Ezra and the Jewish leaders are not to sell or melt down these objects and use the proceeds to pay for temple expenses. Rather, they must use these objects only for temple worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not use objects that people contribute for use in the temple of your God to pay for the temple expenses. Make sure that you deliver every one of them to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 702 | EZR | 7 | 19 | yho1 | figs-abstractnouns | לְפָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑ךְ | 1 | the objects that were given to you | The idea behind the abstract noun **service** can be expressed with a verb such as **use**. Alternate translation: “to use in the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 703 | EZR | 7 | 19 | bkk8 | figs-idiom | הַשְׁלֵ֕ם | 1 | deliver in full before the God of Jerusalem | This Aramaic expression means to **make complete**. It is the same one that the Jewish leaders use in [5:16](../05/16.md) when they say that the temple is not “finished” yet. In context it means that Ezra must be sure to deliver every single one of the contributed objects to the temple, so that the complete set that was donated will be reassembled there. (We see him doing this carefully in [8:26–27](../08/26.md)). Alternate translation: “Make sure that you deliver every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 704 | EZR | 7 | 19 | a3tf | figs-metaphor | קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם | 1 | for the service of the house of your God | In a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]], Artaxerxes says that Ezra must place the objects **in front of** God, figuratively meaning in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 705 | EZR | 7 | 19 | wsrv | figs-metaphor | קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם | 1 | for the service of the house of your God | As in [6:18](../06/18.md), in another spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes describes God as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 706 | EZR | 7 | 20 | tytf | figs-idiom | וּשְׁאָ֗ר חַשְׁחוּת֙ בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֔ךְ דִּ֥י יִפֶּל־לָ֖ךְ לְמִנְתַּ֑ן | 1 | treasury | **That falls to you to give** is an idiom that means **that you have occasion to give**, in other words, **that you have to provide**. Alternate translation: “And anything else that you need to provide for the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 707 | EZR | 7 | 20 | gshw | figs-synecdoche | תִּנְתֵּ֕ן מִן־בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא | 1 | treasury | This does not mean, as in [5:17](../05/17.md), the place where valuable royal documents were stored. Rather, as with the shorter expression **the treasures of the king** in [6:8](../06/08.md), it means the royal treasury or the royal revenue. It is not necessarily a physical building. **House** likely represents all the wealth of the king figuratively. It is a metaphor for **property**, meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to pay for from my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 708 | EZR | 7 | 20 | hgu9 | figs-123person | בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא | 1 | treasury | Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 709 | EZR | 7 | 21 | wiy2 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּ֠מִנִּי | 1 | Connecting Statement: | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Specifically, Artaxerxes has just said that Ezra may pay for additional expenses out of the royal treasury. Consequently, he will now give instructions about providing funds to Ezra to the officials responsible for administering the royal revenue in the province where Jerusalem is located. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 710 | EZR | 7 | 21 | rfxe | figs-123person | וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Up to this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has been addressing Ezra, and he has spoken of himself mostly in the third person. But now as he turns to address a new audience, the royal treasurers, he speaks of himself in the first person, and he uses the emphatic form **me myself** and repeats his name and title, as in [7:12](../07/12.md). If you have been translating the king’s use of the third person for himself in this letter with the second person in your language, it may be helpful to your readers if you use some emphatic form or extended phrase here to show this transition. Alternate translation: “I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 711 | EZR | 7 | 21 | h6c8 | figs-activepassive | וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם…דִּ֣י כָל־דִּ֣י יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן עֶזְרָ֨א…אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד | 1 | that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding you to give Ezra anything he asks from you, and to do that exactly and promptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 712 | EZR | 7 | 21 | mlat | figs-you | יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן | 1 | that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently | The king now addressing the treasurers, so **you** refers to them here and in [7:24](../07/24.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 713 | EZR | 7 | 21 | zz8u | translate-unknown | גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔א | 1 | that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently | These were royal officials responsible for administering the funds of the empire in their province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 714 | EZR | 7 | 21 | i7dz | translate-names | בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 715 | EZR | 7 | 21 | euy1 | figs-informremind | עֶזְרָ֨א כָהֲנָ֜ה סָפַ֤ר דָּתָא֙ דִּֽי־אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א | 1 | let it be done diligently | Here, the king provides some background information to remind or inform the treasurers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who is a priest of the God who rules in heaven, and who has carefully studied his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 716 | EZR | 7 | 22 | zxtg | figs-ellipsis | עַד־כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒ וְעַד־חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה וּמְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב | 1 | one hundred silver talents | Here, the king is speaking in an abbreviated, official way, and the connection to the previous verse may not be entirely clear for all readers. He is describing how much he is authorizing Ezra to ask for from the treasury in money and supplies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could also make this verse a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “I am authorizing Ezra to ask you treasurers for up to 100 kikkars of silver, 100 cors of wheat, 100 baths of wine, 100 baths of oil, and an unlimited amount of salt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 717 | EZR | 7 | 22 | c716 | translate-bmoney | כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒ | 1 | one hundred silver talents | You could try to express the modern value of this amount of silver. But since prices vary over time, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. So you could express the amount instead using the ancient measurement, the kikkar, and explain in a note that this was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 718 | EZR | 7 | 22 | cja2 | translate-bvolume | חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה | 1 | one hundred cors of wheat | A cor was equivalent to about 220 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, as UST does, “five hundred bushels of wheat.” Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from a long ago when people used different measures, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the cor, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) |
| 719 | EZR | 7 | 22 | u3yi | translate-bvolume | וְעַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה | 1 | one hundred baths of oil | A bath was equivalent to about 22 liters. Once again, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, or you could express the amount using the ancient measurement and explain its modern equivalent in a note. Alternate translation: “2200 liters of wine…2200 liters of oil” or “600 gallons of wine…600 gallons of oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) |
| 720 | EZR | 7 | 22 | pdtm | figs-idiom | וּמְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב | 1 | one hundred baths of oil | This expression means that that the king is not specifying in writing a maximum amount of salt that Ezra can request, as he did for the silver, wheat, wine, and oil. Alternate translation: “an unlimited amount of salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 721 | EZR | 7 | 23 | hz1d | figs-activepassive | כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א יִתְעֲבֵד֙ אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א | 1 | one hundred baths of oil | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you to make sure that the Jewish leaders have the funds they need to do everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 722 | EZR | 7 | 23 | ado8 | figs-metaphor | כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א…לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א | 1 | one hundred baths of oil | Here by **decree** Artaxerxes is likely referring to what he calls the **law of the God of heaven** in [7:12](../07/12.md). He means the Law of Moses, and specifically the commandments in the law for how community worship was to be conducted. Artaxerxes speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a royal decree that God had issued. Alternate translation: “everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 723 | EZR | 7 | 23 | t2e7 | figs-metaphor | לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א | 1 | the house | See how you translated the expressions **the house of God** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **the God of heaven** in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the temple of the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 724 | EZR | 7 | 23 | i89i | figs-rquestion | דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי | 1 | For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons? | The king is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect the treasurers to explain to him why there should be wrath against the kingdom. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the treasurers to ensure that sufficient funds are provided so that worship in the temple can be conducted just as God has commanded. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 725 | EZR | 7 | 23 | bc0q | figs-explicit | דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי | 1 | For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons? | The implication is that Artaxerxes wants to have God’s favor, and he is concerned that God will be displeased with him instead if he does not provide for God’s temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 726 | EZR | 7 | 23 | x6h5 | figs-metonymy | דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי | 1 | For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons | God’s wrath represents God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to punish me or any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 727 | EZR | 7 | 23 | jptx | figs-metonymy | מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי | 1 | For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons | God would not actually be angry with the realm over which Artaxerxes has authority. Rather, he uses the term **kingdom** to describe himself and his descendants figuratively, by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 728 | EZR | 7 | 23 | aia6 | figs-123person | מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי | 1 | For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons | Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 729 | EZR | 7 | 23 | wo5t | figs-metaphor | וּבְנֽוֹהִי | 1 | For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons | This could possibly mean the biological sons of King Artaxerxes, but since he speaks of the kingdom as belonging to them, it is more likely that this is a figurative reference to his descendants, and specifically the line of direct descendants who would rule Persia as his successors. (If it would be helpful, review the notes to [4:15](../04/15.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md) about how Persian kings considered their predecessors their **fathers** and their successors their **sons**.) Alternate translation: “my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 730 | EZR | 7 | 24 | pw3i | figs-exclusive | וּלְכֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין דִּ֣י…מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ לָ֥א שַׁלִּ֖יט לְמִרְמֵ֥א עֲלֵיהֹֽם | 1 | Connecting Statement: | To this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has referred to himself in the singular, whether in the second person or the third person. But here he uses the plural. This could possibly indicate **I and my seven chief royal counselors**, as in [7:15](../07/15.md). However, since he spoke initially to these treasurers so individually and emphatically in [7:21](../07/21.md), it seems unlikely that he would appeal to supporting authorities when giving these further instructions to them. Rather, it seems that the king speaks in the plural here because he has just envisioned himself within a succession of kings who will rule over this kingdom. (As the expression **the revenue of the kings** in [4:13](../04/13.md) shows, the Persian emperors could envision their actions and decisions as embodying those of later kings.) So **we** most likely means **I**, and you could say that as an alternate translation. On the other hand, if you decide to say **we**, you should use the form that does not include the addressees, if you language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “And I am informing you that you have no authority to collect taxes, tribute, or duty from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 731 | EZR | 7 | 24 | wx23 | מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ | 1 | We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom | See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). | |
| 732 | EZR | 7 | 24 | kw6q | grammar-connect-logic-result | כָל־כָּהֲנַיָּ֣א וְ֠לֵוָיֵא זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א וּפָ֣לְחֵ֔י בֵּ֖ית אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָ֑ה | 1 | We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom | The last phrase, **the servants of the house of this God**, describes what the people in the five groups listed all have in common. They all work in the temple of God. In this way, the phrase gives the reason why the treasurers may not impose taxes on anyone in any of these groups. Likely as a further way of supporting the temple, and perhaps also as a gesture of respect for God, Artaxerxes is providing an exemption from taxes for all temple personnel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this the first part of the sentence, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Because the priests, Levites, singers, gatekeepers, and Nethinim all work in the temple of the God who rules in heaven, …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 733 | EZR | 7 | 24 | mgkt | translate-names | וְ֠לֵוָיֵא | 1 | We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom | See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 734 | EZR | 7 | 24 | ycd8 | זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א | 1 | musicians | This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. | |
| 735 | EZR | 7 | 24 | gonv | תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ | 1 | musicians | This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. | |
| 736 | EZR | 7 | 24 | nk0a | translate-names | נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א | 1 | musicians | See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 737 | EZR | 7 | 25 | r244 | figs-you | וְאַ֣נְתְּ עֶזְרָ֗א | 1 | Connecting Statement: | The king now returns to address Ezra personally, so **you** refers to him here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through [7:26](../07/26.md), except in the phrase **you shall teach** at the end of this verse. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 738 | EZR | 7 | 25 | qzk1 | figs-metaphor | כְּחָכְמַ֨ת אֱלָהָ֤ךְ דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ | 1 | according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates | This could mean one of two things. (1) **Hand** could figuratively represent power and control, in other words, capacity. Alternate translation: “since you have become wise by studying the ways of your God.” (2) The phrase could mean the same thing as **by the law of your God that is in your hand** at the beginning of the letter ([7:14](../07/14.md)). There Artaxerxes told Ezra that he wanted him to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem were following God’s commandments. This could be a follow-up reference to those commandments, since Artaxerxes is about to give Ezra considerable powers to enforce them. Alternate translation: “following the law of your God, which will be your authority” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 739 | EZR | 7 | 25 | p1rc | figs-abstractnouns | כְּחָכְמַ֨ת אֱלָהָ֤ךְ | 1 | according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates | As the previous note illustrates, the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** can be expressed either with a verbal phrase, **you have become wise**, or with a noun, **the law of your God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 740 | EZR | 7 | 25 | af8j | figs-metonymy | דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ | 1 | according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates | See how you translated this phrase in [7:14](../07/14.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “that you are bringing with you” or “which will be the authority behind any measures you need to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 741 | EZR | 7 | 25 | y54v | figs-doublet | מֶ֣נִּי שָׁפְטִ֞ין וְדַיָּנִ֗ין דִּי־לֶהֱוֺ֤ן דאנין | 1 | according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates | There are two possibilities here. (1) The terms **arbiters** and **judges** mean similar things. Artaxerxes may be using the two words together to emphasize the authority that Ezra has to ensure that the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem follow God’s commandments. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “appoint judges so that they can judge” (2) Artaxerxes could also be using these two terms to refer to people in slightly different roles. The first term may refer to officials who decide disputes between people, and the second term may refer to officials who interpret the law and apply it to specific situations. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “appoint officials who can decide disputes between people and officials who can interpret and apply the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 742 | EZR | 7 | 25 | waab | לְכָל־עַמָּה֙ דִּ֚י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה לְכָל־יָדְעֵ֖י דָּתֵ֣י אֱלָהָ֑ךְ | 1 | according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates | The second phrase clarifies the meaning of the first phrase, showing that Artaxerxes is referring specifically to the Jews who live in this province. He is allowing the Jews there to have their own legal system, based on the Law of Moses. Alternate translation: “all the Jews living in Beyond-the-River province, who know the laws of your God” | |
| 743 | EZR | 7 | 25 | nncp | figs-you | וְדִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן | 1 | according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates | The word **you** here is plural. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 744 | EZR | 7 | 25 | qxkm | figs-explicit | וְדִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן | 1 | according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates | The implication, in light of the plural **you**, is that Ezra and the judges he appoints are to teach the law of God to any Jews living in the province who are not familiar with it, so that they can follow it. Alternate translation: “And I want you and the judges to teach the law of God to those Jews in the province who do not know it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 745 | EZR | 7 | 26 | mrq1 | figs-explicit | וְכָל־דִּי־לָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨א עָבֵ֜ד דָּתָ֣א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֗ךְ וְדָתָא֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔א אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא דִּינָ֕ה לֶהֱוֵ֥א מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד מִנֵּ֑הּ | 1 | whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment | The implication is that the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem will still be governed by Persian law in addition to the Law of Moses, but Artaxerxes is giving Ezra the authority to appoint judges who will administer and enforce both sets of laws. Members of the Jewish community will not have to answer to Persian judges. Alternate translation: “The judges you appoint are diligently to punish anyone who refuses to obey the law of your God or my decrees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 746 | EZR | 7 | 26 | vheg | figs-123person | וְדָתָא֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔א | 1 | whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment | Artaxerxes speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “my decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 747 | EZR | 7 | 26 | sr94 | figs-abstractnouns | הֵ֤ן לְמוֹת֙ הֵ֣ן לשרשו הֵן־לַעֲנָ֥שׁ נִכְסִ֖ין וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין | 1 | whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment | The abstract nouns **death**, **banishment**, **confiscation**, and **imprisonment** can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: “As they see fit, they may execute offenders, or make them leave the community, or seize the things they own, or put them in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 748 | EZR | 7 | 26 | rz8o | figs-quotemarks | וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין | 1 | whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment | Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter of introduction and authorization that King Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. If you decided in [7:12](../07/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 749 | EZR | 7 | 27 | qh6m | writing-participants | בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Previously in the book, Ezra has been a character in a story that someone else has been telling. Here he becomes the person telling the story, and he continues to tell it through to the end of chapter 9. In effect, the letter of introduction that King Artaxerxes wrote for him has been his introduction to us as well. The book does not say specifically that Ezra will now be the narrator, although one indication is that when Ezra is telling the story, he refers to himself as **I** and to the Jewish community as **us**, and another indication is that the book is now written in Hebrew again. But if it would be helpful to your readers, you could add a phrase to indicate this. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 750 | EZR | 7 | 27 | yfls | figs-aside | בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | The first thing that Ezra does when he begins to tell his own story is pray to God, rather than address the audience that will hear his story. If you decided to add a phrase to introduce him as the new narrator, you could use that same phrase to introduce this prayer as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” Otherwise, you could show that this prayer is distinct from the story by setting it off with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. The quotation should end in the middle of [7:28](../07/28.md), after “the mighty officials of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) |
| 751 | EZR | 7 | 27 | qub7 | figs-123person | בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Although Ezra speaks of Yahweh in the third person here, he is actually praying a prayer of thanksgiving to Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “Thank you, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 752 | EZR | 7 | 27 | nlii | figs-metaphor | אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 753 | EZR | 7 | 27 | t4cz | figs-metaphor | נָתַ֤ן כָּזֹאת֙ בְּלֵ֣ב הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לְפָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | placed such a thing into the heart of the king to beautify the house of Yahweh which is in Jerusalem | Giving something in the king’s heart, that is, putting something in it, means leading him to have certain thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “led the king to want to glorify the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 754 | EZR | 7 | 27 | w14w | figs-metaphor | לְפָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | the house of Yahweh | This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way like that. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a vibrant place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 755 | EZR | 7 | 28 | y4zu | figs-abstractnouns | וְעָלַ֣י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִפְנֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְיֽוֹעֲצָ֔יו וּלְכָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים | 1 | who has extended covenant faithfulness to me | Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel, in order to keep the promises he had made to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **help**. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 756 | EZR | 7 | 28 | s38x | figs-metonymy | וְעָלַ֣י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִפְנֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְיֽוֹעֲצָ֔יו וּלְכָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים | 1 | who has extended covenant faithfulness to me | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The expression means that as Ezra stood before the king and his counselors and officials, Yahweh helped him get everything he needed from them. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 757 | EZR | 7 | 28 | jzhp | figs-metaphor | הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד | 1 | who has extended covenant faithfulness to me | Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 758 | EZR | 7 | 28 | pb8i | figs-quotemarks | שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים | 1 | who has extended covenant faithfulness to me | This is the end of the prayer that Ezra prays as he begins to tell his own story. If you indicated the beginning of this prayer in [7:27](../07/27.md) with an opening quotation mark or with the corresponding punctuation or convention in your language, you should use the same means to indicate the end of a quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 759 | EZR | 7 | 28 | q1iu | figs-metonymy | וַאֲנִ֣י הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַי֙ עָלַ֔י | 1 | So I was strengthened | As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and the expression **the hand of Yahweh my God upon me** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “I was encouraged because I recognized that Yahweh my God was helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 760 | EZR | 7 | 28 | gxx2 | figs-ellipsis | מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים | 1 | as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me | As [8:1](../08/01.md) shows, **heads** here is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 761 | EZR | 7 | 28 | agha | figs-idiom | לַעֲל֥וֹת עִמִּֽי | 1 | as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me | Ezra says **go up** because he and the group he was leading would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 762 | EZR | 8 | intro | ye9m | 0 | # Ezra 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people’s return to Judah<br>Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) | |||
| 763 | EZR | 8 | 1 | ss8d | figs-ellipsis | וְאֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם וְהִתְיַחְשָׂ֑ם הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י | 1 | General Information: | As in [4:3](../04/03.md), **heads of fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the names of the clan leaders, along with the names their clans, who traveled with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 764 | EZR | 8 | 1 | u9yy | figs-idiom | הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י…מִבָּבֶֽל | 1 | General Information: | As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra says **go up** because the trip from Babylon to Jerusalem would involve a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “to return from Babylon with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 765 | EZR | 8 | 1 | f1jb | figs-explicit | בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | General Information: | As [7:8–9](../07/08.md) indicates, this was specifically in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 766 | EZR | 8 | 1 | e7pk | translate-ordinal | בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | General Information: | If you choose to make the implicit information explicit, but your language does not use [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]], you can say “during year 7 of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 767 | EZR | 8 | 2 | m2b9 | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם | 1 | of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Phinehas, Gershom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 768 | EZR | 8 | 2 | t1dg | translate-names | פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם | 1 | of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom | These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 769 | EZR | 8 | 2 | i7e9 | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל | 1 | of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ithamar, Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 770 | EZR | 8 | 2 | uzuw | translate-names | אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל | 1 | of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel | These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 771 | EZR | 8 | 2 | kb7h | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ | 1 | of the sons of David, Hattush | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of David, Hattush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 772 | EZR | 8 | 2 | xt4r | translate-names | דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ | 1 | Hattush | These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 773 | EZR | 8 | 3 | m91f | figs-explicit | מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה | 1 | Parosh | This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Zechariah was the clan leader of the descendants of Shecaniah, and that they were all descendants of a more remote ancestor named Parosh. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah.” (2) More likely, the phrase “from the sons of Shecaniah” applies to the end of the previous verse. 1 Chronicles 3:19–22 shows that Hattush was the grandson of Shecaniah, and that Shecaniah was either the grandson or a more distant descendant of Zerubbabel, who was a descendant of King David. (As several of the following verses show, further information like this may be provided about the clan leaders on this list.) So the end of [8:2](../08/02.md) and the beginning of [8:3](../08/03.md) could read, as an alternate translation: “From the descendants of King David, Hattush, one of the descendants of Shecaniah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 774 | EZR | 8 | 3 | veab | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה | 1 | Parosh | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: (1) “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” or (2) “… one of the descendants of Shecaniah. From the descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (The numbers refer to the options in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 775 | EZR | 8 | 3 | f6xt | translate-names | שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה…פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה | 1 | Parosh | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 776 | EZR | 8 | 3 | ds2y | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֛וֹ הִתְיַחֵ֥שׂ לִזְכָרִ֖ים מֵאָ֥ה וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים | 1 | with him were registered150 males | The implication is that these 150 males belonged to the same clan as Zechariah. Alternate translation: “along with 150 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 777 | EZR | 8 | 4 | f7d5 | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה | 1 | of the sons of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai son of Zerahiah | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai the son of Zerahiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 778 | EZR | 8 | 4 | c961 | translate-names | פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י…זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה | 1 | General Information: | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 779 | EZR | 8 | 4 | y6jz | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֖וֹ מָאתַ֥יִם הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | with him were two hundred males | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 200 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 780 | EZR | 8 | 5 | qrqj | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל | 1 | three hundred | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 781 | EZR | 8 | 5 | sxis | translate-textvariants | מִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל | 1 | three hundred | Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. It seems that the name of the clan was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament read, “from the sons of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) |
| 782 | EZR | 8 | 5 | c416 | translate-names | שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה…יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל | 1 | three hundred | These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 783 | EZR | 8 | 5 | j5rk | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֕וֹ שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | three hundred | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 300 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 784 | EZR | 8 | 6 | x9hz | figs-metaphor | וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד בֶּן־יוֹנָתָ֑ן | 1 | Adin | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin, Ebed the son of Jonathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 785 | EZR | 8 | 6 | vqsg | translate-names | עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד…יוֹנָתָ֑ן | 1 | Adin | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 786 | EZR | 8 | 6 | c84d | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֖וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | fifty | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 50 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 787 | EZR | 8 | 7 | yegf | figs-metaphor | וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה בֶּן־עֲתַלְיָ֑ה | 1 | seventy | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam, Jeshaiah the son of Athaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 788 | EZR | 8 | 7 | w1un | translate-names | עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…עֲתַלְיָ֑ה | 1 | seventy | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 789 | EZR | 8 | 7 | f2s8 | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | seventy | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 790 | EZR | 8 | 8 | wa5l | figs-metaphor | וּמִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל | 1 | General Information: | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah, Zebadiah the son of Michael” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 791 | EZR | 8 | 8 | b23z | translate-names | שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה…מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל | 1 | General Information: | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 792 | EZR | 8 | 8 | w6u1 | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֖וֹ שְׁמֹנִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | with him eighty males | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 80 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 793 | EZR | 8 | 9 | w699 | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יְחִיאֵ֑ל | 1 | 218 males | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Joab, Obadiah the son of Jehiel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 794 | EZR | 8 | 9 | u1te | translate-names | יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה…יְחִיאֵ֑ל | 1 | 218 males | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 795 | EZR | 8 | 9 | ude8 | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֕וֹ מָאתַ֛יִם וּשְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | 218 males | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 218 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 796 | EZR | 8 | 10 | x1dx | figs-metaphor | וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה | 1 | 160 males | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 797 | EZR | 8 | 10 | unnl | translate-textvariants | וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה | 1 | 160 males | It appears that, as in [8:5](../08/05.md), the name of the clan has accidentally dropped out here as well. Some manuscripts of an ancient Greek translation of the Old Testament read, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) |
| 798 | EZR | 8 | 10 | ex7w | translate-names | שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית…יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה | 1 | 160 males | These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 799 | EZR | 8 | 10 | y254 | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֖ים הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | 160 males | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 160 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 800 | EZR | 8 | 11 | s7ng | figs-metaphor | וּמִבְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י | 1 | Bebai | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai, Zechariah the son of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 801 | EZR | 8 | 11 | ywsh | translate-names | בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה…בֵּבָ֑י | 1 | Bebai | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 802 | EZR | 8 | 11 | w892 | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֕וֹ עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | twenty-eight | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 28 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 803 | EZR | 8 | 12 | a3dx | figs-metaphor | וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־הַקָּטָ֑ן | 1 | of the sons of Azgad, Johanan son of Hakkatan | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad, Johanan the son of Hakkatan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 804 | EZR | 8 | 12 | z7xc | translate-names | עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן…הַקָּטָ֑ן | 1 | General Information: | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 805 | EZR | 8 | 12 | j4bn | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וַעֲשָׂרָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | with him 110 males | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 110 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 806 | EZR | 8 | 13 | rzr8 | וּמִבְּנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיקָם֮ אַחֲרֹנִים֒ וְאֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמוֹתָ֔ם אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה | 1 | of the sons of Adonikam | The implication is that some descendants of Adonikam still remained in Babylon even after a large number of his descendants returned to Judah with Zerubbabel, as [2:13](../02/13.md) describes. So here the term **last** means **remaining**. A further implication is that the clan leader was now in Judah, so that the names provided are instead of family leaders who led this group on its return. Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Adonikam who still remained in Babylon, the family leaders Eliphelet, Jeuel, and Shemaiah” | |
| 807 | EZR | 8 | 13 | k1ic | translate-names | אֲדֹנִיקָם֮…אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה | 1 | Adonikam | These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 808 | EZR | 8 | 13 | hu49 | figs-explicit | וְעִמָּהֶ֖ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | sixty | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 60 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 809 | EZR | 8 | 14 | p7ej | figs-metaphor | וּמִבְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י וְזַכּ֑וּר | 1 | Bigvai | **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai, Uthai and Zaccur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 810 | EZR | 8 | 14 | we81 | figs-explicit | וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים | 1 | seventy | See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. **Him** actually refers to both Uthai and Zaccur, so you can use a plural pronoun in your translation if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “along with 300 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 811 | EZR | 8 | 15 | x4yl | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם | 1 | General Information: | This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described, that is, after the identification of all the people who would be traveling to Jerusalem with Ezra. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 812 | EZR | 8 | 15 | zfwz | figs-explicit | וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם אֶל־הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א וַנַּחֲנֶ֥ה שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֣ים שְׁלֹשָׁ֑ה | 1 | General Information: | **Them** means everyone listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md.), everyone who would be traveling with Ezra. The implication is that they all packed for the trip and set out from their homes, but then assembled at a spot outside of the city of Babylon where Ezra could make sure the group was ready for the trip. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I had everyone who was going to be traveling with me assemble on the banks of the river that flows from Babylon to Ahava. We camped there for three days so that I could make sure that we had enough temple personnel with us and that we could transport the gold and silver safely.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 813 | EZR | 8 | 15 | gl34 | translate-names | הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א | 1 | the river that flows to Ahava | The exact location of this river on whose banks the group assembled can no longer be identified. In [8:21](../08/21.md) and [8:31](../08/31.md), Ezra calls it the Ahava River, and you could use that same name here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 814 | EZR | 8 | 15 | cl4j | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וָאָבִ֤ינָה | 1 | Ahava | The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “while we were there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) |
| 815 | EZR | 8 | 15 | w7og | figs-explicit | וָאָבִ֤ינָה בָעָם֙ וּבַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י לֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי שָֽׁם | 1 | Ahava | Here, we learn that one purpose of this preliminary encampment was for Ezra to see whether he had all the temple personnel he needed. The implication behind this statement is that Ezra looked over the whole group to make sure that he did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (We learn in [8:25](../08/25.md) that a further purpose of the encampment was to make arrangements for the safe transportation of the money and objects that had been donated for the temple.) Alternate translation: “I looked over the whole group and discovered that it consisted of lay people and priests, but there were no Levites among us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 816 | EZR | 8 | 15 | o9vg | figs-metaphor | וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י | 1 | Ahava | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. The Levites were descendants of Levi. Alternate translation: “Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 817 | EZR | 8 | 16 | ufp7 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֡ה | 1 | Shemaiah | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains what Ezra did as a result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 818 | EZR | 8 | 16 | sw7e | translate-names | וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֡ה לֶאֱלִיעֶ֡זֶר לַאֲרִיאֵ֡ל לִֽ֠שְׁמַעְיָה וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֨ן וּלְיָרִ֜יב וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֧ן וּלְנָתָ֛ן וְלִזְכַרְיָ֥ה וְלִמְשֻׁלָּ֖ם | 1 | Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan | Here, Ezra lists the names of nine men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 819 | EZR | 8 | 16 | admv | figs-metaphor | רָאשִׁ֑ים | 1 | Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan | Unlike in [7:28](../07/28.md), here this expression does not mean **heads of father’s houses**, that is, **clan leaders**. Rather, **heads** here is simply a figurative way of saying **leader**. None of these nine men, with the possible exception of Zechariah, are among the clan leaders listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md). (And considering that three of the men whom Ezra summoned were named Elnathan, which shows that several individuals could share the same name, it’s quite possible that this is a different Zechariah from either the one named in [8:3](../08/03.md) or the one named in [8:11](../08/11.md).) Alternate translation: “who were all leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 820 | EZR | 8 | 16 | l322 | translate-names | וּלְיוֹיָרִ֥יב וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֖ן | 1 | Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan | Here Ezra lists the names of two more men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 821 | EZR | 8 | 16 | tf03 | figs-explicit | מְבִינִֽים | 1 | Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan | This phrase suggests that while Joiarib and Elnathan were not community leaders like the other nine men, Ezra sent them anyway to help recruit more temple personnel because they were wise and reasonable and could be persuasive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though they were not leaders, because they were so wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 822 | EZR | 8 | 17 | a4dg | figs-explicit | אוֹתָם֙ עַל־אִדּ֣וֹ הָרֹ֔אשׁ בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א הַמָּק֑וֹם | 1 | Iddo | The implication, since Ezra is trying to recruit Levites, is that Iddo was the leader of the Levites in that place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I sent them to a man named Iddo, who was the leader of the Levites at a place called Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 823 | EZR | 8 | 17 | akq5 | translate-names | אִדּ֣וֹ | 1 | Next I sent them | **Iddo** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 824 | EZR | 8 | 17 | ggi9 | translate-names | בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א | 1 | Kasiphia | **Kasiphia** is the name of a place. Its exact location can no longer be identified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 825 | EZR | 8 | 17 | nq66 | figs-metaphor | וָאָשִׂימָה֩ בְּפִיהֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ | 1 | I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo…to send to us servants for the house of our God | Putting words in someone’s mouth figuratively means telling them what to say. Alternate translation: “I told them what to say to Iddo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 826 | EZR | 8 | 17 | y2wd | figs-metaphor | אִדּ֨וֹ אָחִ֤יו הַנְּתִינִים֙ בְּכָסִפְיָ֣א הַמָּק֔וֹם | 1 | I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo…to send to us servants for the house of our God | Here, **brother** is a figurative way of referring to people who belonged to groups that could serve in the temple, as Iddo did. (It is possible that some of his biological brothers are included in this term.) In context, Iddo is a Levite leader, while the **brothers** are said to include Nethinim, that is, temple servants, so the term indicates both groups. Alternate translation: “Iddo and his fellow Levites and the Nethinim who were also living in Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 827 | EZR | 8 | 17 | p5pg | figs-quotemarks | לְהָֽבִיא־לָ֥נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ | 1 | I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo…to send to us servants for the house of our God | This is the content of what Ezra told the men men to say to Iddo. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate that by translating these words as a direct quotation, setting them off with quotation marks and introducing them with a colon, or by using whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “Please send us some more people who can serve in the temple of our God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 828 | EZR | 8 | 18 | kbq4 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיָּבִ֨יאּוּ | 1 | Sherebiah…Mahli | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 829 | EZR | 8 | 18 | a7cr | figs-metaphor | כְּיַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ הַטּוֹבָ֤ה עָלֵ֨ינוּ֙ | 1 | So they sent to us by the good hand of our God a man | As in the expression **according to the good hand of his God upon him** in [7:9](../07/09.md), **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and the expression indicates that God showed Ezra favor and helped him on this occasion. Alternate translation: “because our God was helping us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 830 | EZR | 8 | 18 | kue1 | figs-metaphor | אִ֣ישׁ שֶׂ֔כֶל | 1 | a man of understanding | Here, the ability to **see into** things figuratively means to have good judgment. Alternate translation: “decided” Alternate translation: “a very prudent man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 831 | EZR | 8 | 18 | o1sr | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֣י מַחְלִ֔י בֶּן־לֵוִ֖י בֶּן־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה | 1 | a man of understanding | **Sons** figuratively means **descendants** in reference to Mahli, since he was a distant ancestor of the group that Sherebiah belonged to. **Son** figuratively means **descendant** when applied to Levi, since Mahli was actually his grandson. But Levi actually was the biological son of Israel. Alternate translation: “named Sherebiah, one of the descendants of Mahli, the grandson of Levi, the son of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 832 | EZR | 8 | 18 | d8n9 | translate-names | מַחְלִ֔י…לֵוִ֖י…יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה | 1 | the son of Levi, the son of Israel | These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 833 | EZR | 8 | 18 | pp9z | figs-metaphor | וּבָנָ֥יו וְאֶחָ֖יו שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר | 1 | eighteen | Since this was a small group of related people, it is quite possible that it consisted largely if not entirely of Sherebiah’s actual sons and brothers. So you could decide to treat the terms as literal in your translation. On the other hand, they could also be figurative, with **sons** meaning **descendants** and **brothers** meaning **relatives**. Alternate translation: “along with 18 of his sons and brothers” or “along with 18 of his descendants and relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 834 | EZR | 8 | 19 | vsm6 | figs-metaphor | וְאֶת־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְאִתּ֥וֹ יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה מִבְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י | 1 | Hashabiah…Merari | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They also sent us Hashabiah and Jeshaiah, from the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 835 | EZR | 8 | 19 | mf7n | translate-names | חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…מְרָרִ֑י | 1 | Jeshaiah | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 836 | EZR | 8 | 19 | bwf7 | figs-metaphor | אֶחָ֥יו וּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם | 1 | twenty | This most likely means the brothers of Jeshaiah and the sonso of Jeshaiah and his brothers. Since, as in [8:18](../08/18.md), this is a small group of related people, you could decide to treat the terms **brothers** and **sons** as either literal or figurative. Alternate translation: “along with his brothers and their sons” or “along with his relatives and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 837 | EZR | 8 | 20 | f9pd | translate-names | נְתִינִ֖ים מָאתַ֣יִם וְעֶשְׂרִ֑ים | 1 | officials | See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “220 temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 838 | EZR | 8 | 20 | ahh3 | writing-background | וּמִן־הַנְּתִינִ֗ים שֶׁנָּתַ֨ן דָּוִ֤יד וְהַשָּׂרִים֙ לַעֲבֹדַ֣ת הַלְוִיִּ֔ם | 1 | officials | Here, Ezra provides some background information to help identify who the Nethinim were. Alternate translation: “They were from the group of people whom David and his officials had assigned to help the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 839 | EZR | 8 | 20 | mi4i | figs-activepassive | כֻּלָּ֖ם נִקְּב֥וּ בְשֵׁמֽוֹת | 1 | officials | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I recorded the name of each one of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 840 | EZR | 8 | 21 | bcl6 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וָאֶקְרָ֨א | 1 | the river Ahava | This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 841 | EZR | 8 | 21 | c4b8 | translate-symaction | צוֹם֙…לְהִתְעַנּ֖וֹת | 1 | the river Ahava | The travelers would be afflicting themselves, that is, making themselves suffer, by denying themselves food. This was a gesture of humility and an expression that seeking God’s help was more important to them even than eating. Alternate translation: “a time of going without eating…to humble ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 842 | EZR | 8 | 21 | zh8n | translate-names | הַנָּהָ֣ר אַהֲוָ֔א | 1 | the river Ahava | See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 843 | EZR | 8 | 21 | baiq | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | the river Ahava | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 844 | EZR | 8 | 21 | sq2q | figs-metaphor | לְבַקֵּ֤שׁ מִמֶּ֨נּוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְשָׁרָ֔ה לָ֥נוּ וּלְטַפֵּ֖נוּ וּלְכָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁנוּ | 1 | to seek a straight way from him for us and our little ones, and all our possessions | The word **seek** represents asking God to do something for them. A **straight way** figuratively represents safety during travel. Alternate translation: “to ask God to protect us, our children, and all our possessions while we traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 845 | EZR | 8 | 22 | kq0z | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֣י | 1 | The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “I did this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 846 | EZR | 8 | 22 | cb97 | בֹ֗שְׁתִּי לִשְׁא֤וֹל מִן־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ חַ֣יִל וּפָרָשִׁ֔ים לְעָזְרֵ֥נוּ מֵאוֹיֵ֖ב בַּדָּ֑רֶךְ | 1 | The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good | **An enemy** means **any enemy**, and **on the way** means **during our journey**. Alternate translation: “I would have been embarrassed to ask the king for soldiers and horsemen to protect us from anyone who might try to harm or rob us during our journey.” | |
| 847 | EZR | 8 | 22 | i43j | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּֽי | 1 | The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 848 | EZR | 8 | 22 | p625 | grammar-connect-logic-result | אָמַ֨רְנוּ לַמֶּ֜לֶךְ לֵאמֹ֗ר יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ לְטוֹבָ֔ה וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו | 1 | The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good | If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the previous sentence in the verse describes. You could show that connection by using a phrase such as **and so** after this sentence. Alternate translation: “We had told the king, ‘Our God protects everyone who obeys him, but he punishes everyone who refuses to serve him.’ And so …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 849 | EZR | 8 | 22 | hlkg | figs-quotemarks | יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ לְטוֹבָ֔ה וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו | 1 | The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good | This is a direct quotation. Ezra is quoting what he and his fellow travelers had told King Artaxerxes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within quotation marks or by following whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 850 | EZR | 8 | 22 | n4fd | figs-metaphor | יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ עַל | 1 | The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good | This expression has the same meaning as **the good hand of God** in [7:9](../07/09.md) and [8:18](../08/18.md). Here, as well, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God protects” or “God helps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 851 | EZR | 8 | 22 | ddh2 | figs-metaphor | כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ | 1 | The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good | **Seeking God** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for worshipping, serving, and obeying him. Alternate translation: “everyone who obeys him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 852 | EZR | 8 | 22 | fb5x | figs-metonymy | וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל | 1 | but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him | God’s power and anger being on people is a metonym for him punishing them. Alternate translation: “but he punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 853 | EZR | 8 | 22 | ep6t | figs-metaphor | וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ | 1 | but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him | Here, the **nose** figuratively represents anger. Alternate translation: “his power and his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 854 | EZR | 8 | 22 | xnzz | figs-hendiadys | וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ | 1 | but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **nose**, a figure for anger, tells how God punishes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he wrathfully punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 855 | EZR | 8 | 22 | s41q | figs-metaphor | כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו | 1 | but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him | Forsaking or abandoning God is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “all who refuse to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 856 | EZR | 8 | 23 | f2jm | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַנָּצ֛וּמָה | 1 | So we fasted and sought God about this matter | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Because Ezra was embarrassed to ask the king for protection, he and his fellow travelers earnestly prayed and fasted for God’s protection. Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 857 | EZR | 8 | 23 | nfn4 | figs-activepassive | וַנָּצ֛וּמָה וַנְּבַקְשָׁ֥ה מֵאֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ עַל־זֹ֑את וַיֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽנוּ | 1 | So we fasted and sought God about this matter | If it would be clearer in your language, you use an active form for the last phrase. Alternate translation: “we fasted and prayed to God about this, and he answered our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 858 | EZR | 8 | 23 | g9a0 | figs-idiom | וַיֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽנוּ | 1 | So we fasted and sought God about this matter | As is clear from the way this expression is used elsewhere in the Bible, it means that God answered a prayer. For example, in Genesis 25:21, **Isaac entreated Yahweh for his wife because she could not have children, and Yahweh was entreated by him, and Rebekah his wife conceived**. However, since Ezra describes only in [8:32](../08/32.md) how the group arrived safely in Jerusalem, the prayer had not yet been answered at this point. So an alternative meaning in context would be that the group received assurance that God would answer their prayer. Alternate translation: “he answered our prayer” or “we felt assured that he would answer our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 859 | EZR | 8 | 24 | u78j | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 860 | EZR | 8 | 24 | hgbr | translate-textvariants | וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה מִשָּׂרֵ֥י הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר לְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְעִמָּהֶ֥ם מֵאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | Since [8:18](../08/18.md) and [19](../08/19.md) specifically identify Sherebiah and Hashabiah as Levites, they could not have been leaders of the priests. So a mistake seems to have come into the Hebrew text here. An ancient Greek version of the book of Ezra says “and” before Sherebiah, and that agrees with [8:30](../08/30.md), which says that “the priests and the Levites” received the silver and gold and objects that Ezra weighed out to them. It will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the verse that way. Alternate translation: “I selected 12 leaders of the priests, along with Sherebiah, Hashabiah, and ten of their fellow Levites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) |
| 861 | EZR | 8 | 24 | rvwg | figs-idiom | וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | This expression means to set someone or something apart for a special purpose or assignment. Alternate translation: “I selected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 862 | EZR | 8 | 24 | v6yb | translate-names | לְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [8:18](../08/18.md) and [8:19](../08/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 863 | EZR | 8 | 24 | jx71 | figs-metaphor | מֵאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying **fellow Levites**, although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Sherebiah and Hashabiah were included in this group. Alternate translation: “their fellow Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 864 | EZR | 8 | 25 | lyek | translate-bmoney | ואשקולה לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְאֶת־הַזָּהָ֖ב וְאֶת־הַכֵּלִ֑ים | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | Ezra says he **weighed out** the money to the priests and Levites because ancient units of money such as the kikkar and the daric were actually units of the weight of precious metals. The value of the gold and silver objects would similarly have depended on their weight. Alternate translation: “I divided up the silver and gold and objects into 24 portions of equal value and gave one to each of the priests and Levites I had selected to transport them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 865 | EZR | 8 | 25 | p4y8 | figs-explicit | ואשקולה לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְאֶת־הַזָּהָ֖ב וְאֶת־הַכֵּלִ֑ים | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | The implication is that Ezra divided up the money and the objects into 24 portions of roughly equal value and assigned one portion to each priest and Levite to transport. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I divided up the silver and gold and objects into twenty-four portions of equal value and gave one to each of the priests and Levites I had selected to transport them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 866 | EZR | 8 | 25 | vuis | figs-metaphor | תְּרוּמַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | Alternate translation: “the gifts for the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 867 | EZR | 8 | 25 | ke75 | figs-explicit | וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַנִּמְצָאִֽים | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | The implication is that this means all the Israelites who living specifically in the province of Babylon, since Artaxerxes had authorized Ezra to invite contributions from people living throughout that province. Alternate translation: “all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 868 | EZR | 8 | 25 | ptqo | figs-idiom | וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַנִּמְצָאִֽים | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | **Found** in this context is an idiom that means **could be found** or **were there**. Alternate translation: “all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 869 | EZR | 8 | 25 | klkw | figs-personification | וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | Sherebiah, Hashabiah | Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “all the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 870 | EZR | 8 | 26 | u3bb | figs-metaphor | וָאֶשְׁקֲלָ֨ה עַל־יָדָ֜ם | 1 | 650 talents of silver | While Ezra likely did place the money and the objects in the hands of the priests and Levites, **hand** here figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “I entrusted to them for safe delivery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 871 | EZR | 8 | 26 | kxz7 | figs-explicit | וָאֶשְׁקֲלָ֨ה עַל־יָדָ֜ם | 1 | 650 talents of silver | The implication is that the list that follows is the total amount of money and objects that Ezra entrusted to the priests and Levites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Here are the totals of the silver, gold, and objects that I entrusted to these priests and Levites for safe delivery.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 872 | EZR | 8 | 26 | v4vy | translate-bmoney | כֶּ֗סֶף כִּכָּרִים֙ שֵֽׁשׁ־מֵא֣וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֔ים וּכְלֵי־כֶ֥סֶף מֵאָ֖ה לְכִכָּרִ֑ים זָהָ֖ב מֵאָ֥ה כִכָּֽר | 1 | 650 talents of silver | Since prices of precious metals vary over time, if you tried to express the amounts here in modern measurements, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. Instead you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the kikkar, and explain in a note that it was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “650 kikkars of silver, silver objects weighing 100 kikkars, 100 kikkars of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 873 | EZR | 8 | 27 | q2jm | translate-bmoney | וּכְפֹרֵ֤י זָהָב֙ עֶשְׂרִ֔ים לַאֲדַרְכֹנִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף | 1 | one thousand darics | 1000 darics was the total value of the 20 bowls, not the value of each one. Here again you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the daric, and explain in a note that it was equivalent to about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the gold in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 golden bowls worth a total of 1000 darics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 874 | EZR | 8 | 28 | zlh5 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וָאֹמְרָ֣ה | 1 | vessels of bronze | This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. Ezra first weighed out the silver and gold and objects to the Levites, then he spoke the following words to them. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this time sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 875 | EZR | 8 | 28 | rbg4 | figs-quotemarks | וָאֹמְרָ֣ה אֲלֵהֶ֗ם | 1 | Then I said to them | **Them** refers to the selected priests and Levites. In the rest of this verse and in [8:29](../08/29.md), Ezra is quoting what he told them on this occasion. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the words that follow with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 876 | EZR | 8 | 28 | afyr | figs-idiom | אַתֶּ֥ם קֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ לַיהוָ֔ה וְהַכֵּלִ֖ים קֹ֑דֶשׁ | 1 | Then I said to them | **Holy** means **set apart for a special purpose**. Alternate translation: “I have selected you for a special mission. People donated these objects only to be used in the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 877 | EZR | 8 | 28 | w1c9 | figs-metaphor | אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֹתֵיכֶֽם | 1 | Then I said to them | **Fathers** here, figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshipped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 878 | EZR | 8 | 29 | im6g | figs-ellipsis | שִׁקְד֣וּ וְשִׁמְר֗וּ | 1 | until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses | Here, Ezra leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He is describing what the priests and Levites must do with the objects, silver, and gold that were devoted to Yahweh. You could indicate that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Take good care of those things, because their donors dedicated them to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 879 | EZR | 8 | 29 | z0lx | figs-hendiadys | שִׁקְד֣וּ וְשִׁמְר֗וּ | 1 | until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses | These two words mean similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how carefully the priests and Levites need to guard the silver and gold and objects. Alternate translation: “take good care of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 880 | EZR | 8 | 29 | mtxm | figs-explicit | עַֽד־תִּשְׁקְל֡וּ | 1 | until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses | The implication is that when the priests and Levites arrived in Jerusalem, they would weigh out the silver, gold, and bronze to show the authorities there that they had not taken any of it for themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “until you weigh them out, to prove that you have not stolen anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 881 | EZR | 8 | 29 | y29e | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵי֩ | 1 | until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 882 | EZR | 8 | 29 | n925 | figs-ellipsis | וְשָׂרֵֽי־הָאָב֥וֹת לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses | This seems to be another version of the expression **the heads of the fathers**, which is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Review the note to [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 883 | EZR | 8 | 29 | umrf | figs-explicit | הַלִּשְׁכ֖וֹת בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה | 1 | until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses | The book assumes that readers will know that these **chambers** or rooms are specifically the storerooms in the temple, where money and objects for the temple worship were safely kept. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the storerooms of the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 884 | EZR | 8 | 29 | ng88 | figs-quotemarks | בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה | 1 | until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses | This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what he told the selected priests and Levites. If you decided in [8:28](../08/28.md) to mark his words to them as a direct quotation, you should indicate the end of it here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 885 | EZR | 8 | 30 | ia74 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְקִבְּלוּ֙ | 1 | The priests and the Levites | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “In keeping with what Ezra told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 886 | EZR | 8 | 30 | ry58 | figs-metonymy | מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְהַזָּהָ֖ב וְהַכֵּלִ֑ים | 1 | The priests and the Levites | Here, Ezra is describing the money and the objects figuratively by reference to something associated with them, their weight, which was what determined their value. Alternate translation: “the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 887 | EZR | 8 | 30 | phiv | figs-idiom | הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְהַזָּהָ֖ב וְהַכֵּלִ֑ים | 1 | The priests and the Levites | Ezra had already **weighed out** the silver and gold and objects to the priests and Levites ([8:26–27](../08/26.md)), so **received** here does not mean that they took physical possession of them. Rather, it means that they accepted responsibility for them, in light of the charge that Ezra had just given. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites accepted responsibility for the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 888 | EZR | 8 | 31 | c4v2 | translate-names | וַֽנִּסְעָ֞ה מִנְּהַ֣ר אַֽהֲוָ֗א | 1 | We went out from the river Ahava | See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 889 | EZR | 8 | 31 | ju8u | translate-hebrewmonths | בִּשְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן | 1 | twelfth day of the first month | The **first month** means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 890 | EZR | 8 | 31 | c9im | translate-ordinal | בִּשְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן | 1 | the river Ahava | The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **twelve**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **twelfth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 891 | EZR | 8 | 31 | b7m1 | figs-metaphor | וְיַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ הָיְתָ֣ה עָלֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | The hand of our God was on us | As in the expression **according to the good hand of our God upon us** in [8:18](../08/18.md), **hand** here figuratively represents power and control. The expression indicates that God protected Ezra and the rest of the travelers on their journey. Alternate translation: “God protected us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 892 | EZR | 8 | 31 | dj8h | figs-parallelism | וַיַּ֨צִּילֵ֔נוּ מִכַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב וְאוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַדָּֽרֶךְ | 1 | he delivered us from the hand of the enemy and from those lying in ambush along the road | These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra essentially says the same thing twice to emphasize how carefully God protected this group that was transporting so much treasure. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “God protected us and prevented anyone from robbing us.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The first phrase is more general, and the second phrase describes more specifically how someone might have robbed the group. You could also choose to bring that difference out in your translation. Alternate translation: “God prevented anyone from attacking us, even though bandits lay in wait along the roadways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 893 | EZR | 8 | 31 | qn0g | figs-metaphor | מִכַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב | 1 | he delivered us from the hand of the enemy and from those lying in ambush along the road | **Palm** here is another way of saying **hand**, which figuratively represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “hostile attacks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 894 | EZR | 8 | 31 | pj64 | figs-abstractnouns | וְאוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַדָּֽרֶךְ | 1 | those lying in ambush | The abstract noun **ambush** refers to the way bandits will lie in wait along a roadside to rob travelers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “bandits lie in wait along the roadside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 895 | EZR | 8 | 32 | bhdp | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַנָּב֖וֹא | 1 | those lying in ambush | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. The group reached Jerusalem safely because God protected them. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 896 | EZR | 8 | 32 | ragy | figs-explicit | וַנָּב֖וֹא יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וַנֵּ֥שֶׁב שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֥ים שְׁלֹשָֽׁה | 1 | those lying in ambush | Ezra does not say specifically why the group waited for three days before delivering the silver and gold and objects to the temple. But the implication is that this gave them a chance to rest after their journey and arrange for the delivery. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we reached Jerusalem safely, and after we got there, we rested for three days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 897 | EZR | 8 | 33 | p3qm | figs-activepassive | נִשְׁקַ֣ל הַכֶּסֶף֩ וְהַזָּהָ֨ב וְהַכֵּלִ֜ים | 1 | the silver and the gold and the objects were weighed out | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “each of the priests and Levites weighed out the silver and gold and objects they had transported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 898 | EZR | 8 | 33 | b9l2 | figs-metaphor | עַ֠ל יַד | 1 | the silver and the gold and the objects were weighed out…into the hand of Meremoth | As in [8:26](../08/26.md), while the priests and Levites likely did place the money and the objects in the hands of the temple leaders, **hand** here figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and gave them into the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 899 | EZR | 8 | 33 | lte3 | translate-names | מְרֵמ֤וֹת בֶּן־אֽוּרִיָּה֙ | 1 | Meremoth…Uriah…Eleazar…Phinehas…Jozabad…Jeshua…Noadiah…Binnui | Meremoth is the name of a man, and Uriah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 900 | EZR | 8 | 33 | jb4h | translate-names | אֶלְעָזָ֣ר בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָ֑ס | 1 | Jeshua | Eleazar is the name of a man, and Phinehas is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 901 | EZR | 8 | 33 | vg4k | translate-names | יוֹזָבָ֧ד בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ | 1 | Jeshua | Jozabad is the name of a man, and Jeshua is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 902 | EZR | 8 | 33 | jrat | translate-names | וְנֽוֹעַדְיָ֥ה בֶן־בִּנּ֖וּי | 1 | Jeshua | Noadiah is the name of a man, and Binnui is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 903 | EZR | 8 | 34 | sqb5 | figs-explicit | בְּמִסְפָּ֥ר בְּמִשְׁקָ֖ל לַכֹּ֑ל | 1 | Jeshua | This means that the objects and the bars or coins of silver and gold were both counted and weighed. The implication is that this was a double confirmation of the honesty of the priests and Levites who had transported these donations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything was both counted and weighed, as proof that the men who had carried it had not stolen anything.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 904 | EZR | 8 | 34 | nh2n | figs-activepassive | וַיִּכָּתֵ֥ב כָּֽל־הַמִּשְׁקָ֖ל | 1 | Jeshua | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The priests and Levites in the temple wrote down the weight of all the silver and gold and of the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 905 | EZR | 8 | 35 | gxu7 | figs-parallelism | הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַגּוֹלָ֜ה | 1 | those who had come back from the captivity, the sons of the exiles | These two phrases mean the same thing. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 906 | EZR | 8 | 35 | qo2t | figs-idiom | הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַגּוֹלָ֜ה | 1 | those who had come back from the captivity, the sons of the exiles | As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and has taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 907 | EZR | 8 | 35 | lgl7 | figs-explicit | הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵאלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר הַכֹּ֖ל עוֹלָ֥ה לַיהוָֽה | 1 | twelve…ninety-six…seventy-seven…twelve | The book assumes that readers will recognize that the expression **burnt offering** means two different things here. In its first instance, it means a sacrifice offered in order to express a desire to be in good standing with God by creating an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. This first instance of the expression applies to the bulls, rams, and lambs. As in [6:17](../06/17.md), the goats were instead a **sin offering**, a sacrifice offered as an act of contrition and a request for forgiveness. **Burnt offering** in its second instance means a sacrifice that was entirely consumed, none of which anyone could eat. The bulls, rams, lambs, and goats were all burnt offerings in that second sense. Alternate translation: “offered as burnt offerings to the God of Israel 12 bulls for all Israel, 96 rams, and 77 lambs, and as a sin offering 12 male goats. All of these sacrifices to Yahweh were completely burned up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 908 | EZR | 8 | 35 | rdop | translate-symaction | הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵאלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר | 1 | twelve…ninety-six…seventy-seven…twelve | The numbers of animals offered are symbolic, as the book explains in the case of the bulls. There were 12 bulls **for all Israel** because there were twelve tribes of Israel. There were 12 goats for the same reason. The same symbolism seems to lie behind the 96 rams, since that number is eight times 12, although the significance of the number eight is no longer apparent. The number 77 is an intensive form of the number seven, which symbolizes completeness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offered 12 bulls, one for each of the tribes of Israel, 96 rams, eight for each of the tribes of Israel, and 77 lambs, expressing completeness, as burnt offerings to the God of Israel, and 12 male goats as a sin offering, one for each of the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 909 | EZR | 8 | 36 | r5gu | figs-explicit | וַֽיִּתְּנ֣וּ ׀ אֶת־דָּתֵ֣י הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ לַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וּפַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֑ר | 1 | the governors in the Province Beyond the River | Here, **the laws of the king** seem to mean the decrees that Artaxerxes issued in the letter he gave to Ezra, and specifically the provisions that allowed Ezra to ask for support for the temple, exempted temple personnel from taxation, and allowed Ezra to appoint judges. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And Ezra and the Jewish leaders informed the royal officials and governors in Beyond-the-River province of the decrees that Artaxerxes had issued in his letter to Ezra.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 910 | EZR | 8 | 36 | d38g | figs-metaphor | וְנִשְּׂא֥וּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם וְאֶת־בֵּֽית־הָאֱלֹהִֽים | 1 | the Province Beyond the River | **Lifted** here, is a metaphor that means supported and sustained. Alternate translation: “The group that had returned with Ezra supported the people of Judah and Jerusalem and the temple of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 911 | EZR | 9 | intro | k1yz | 0 | # Ezra 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>When Ezra found out that many Jews had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and asked God why he had been so good to them by letting these few people return from captivity even though they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. They did this before and God had punished them for it. God forbid this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) | |||
| 912 | EZR | 9 | 1 | ella | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וּכְכַלּ֣וֹת אֵ֗לֶּה | 1 | have not separated themselves | This phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came right after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 913 | EZR | 9 | 1 | on7w | figs-explicit | הַשָּׂרִים֙ | 1 | have not separated themselves | These appear to be the same **leaders** as in [8:29](../08/29.md), that is, clan leaders. But this is not a reference to all of them, since the ones who come to Ezra say that some of their fellow leaders have married foreign women. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 914 | EZR | 9 | 1 | krhd | figs-quotemarks | נִגְּשׁ֨וּ אֵלַ֤י…לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | have not separated themselves | After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what these clan leaders told him. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 915 | EZR | 9 | 1 | kb76 | figs-metaphor | לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ…מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | have not separated themselves | Separation here is a spatial metaphor for behavior. As in [6:21](../06/21.md), it means to refuse to do the same things as another group. Alternate translation: “have not refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 916 | EZR | 9 | 1 | tgdv | figs-idiom | מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת כְּ֠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵיהֶם | 1 | have not separated themselves | While the similar phrase in [6:21](../06/21.md) spoke of **uncleanness**, that is, things that God does not accept, the phrase here speaks of **abominations**, that is, things that God cannot stand. Alternate translation: “the things that the other people groups living in the land do that God cannot stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 917 | EZR | 9 | 1 | u0xi | figs-idiom | מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | have not separated themselves | See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). It refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 918 | EZR | 9 | 1 | wnt5 | translate-names | לַכְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַחִתִּ֜י הַפְּרִזִּ֣י הַיְבוּסִ֗י הָֽעַמֹּנִי֙ הַמֹּ֣אָבִ֔י הַמִּצְרִ֖י וְהָאֱמֹרִֽי | 1 | have not separated themselves | These are the names of eight people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 919 | EZR | 9 | 2 | r46x | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּֽי | 1 | have not separated themselves | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for the statement that the leaders make in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “You see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 920 | EZR | 9 | 2 | vrsp | figs-idiom | נָשְׂא֣וּ מִבְּנֹֽתֵיהֶ֗ם לָהֶם֙ וְלִבְנֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | have not separated themselves | **Lifted from their daughters** is an idiom that means **married some of their daughters**. Alternate translation: “Israelite men have married women from these other groups, and they have also gotten wives for their sons from those groups.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 921 | EZR | 9 | 2 | iac7 | figs-metaphor | וְהִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | have not separated themselves | **Mixing** here, is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for blending one thing into another. Alternate translation: “they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 922 | EZR | 9 | 2 | mncx | figs-explicit | וְהִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | have not separated themselves | The implication is that as a result of these marriages, not only was a distinct Jewish lineage being lost, the Jewish people were also beginning to follow the practices of these other groups rather than the commandments of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land, and they are starting to follow their practices rather than the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 923 | EZR | 9 | 2 | fyoq | figs-idiom | זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ | 1 | have not separated themselves | As in [8:28](../08/28.md), **holy** means **set apart for a special purpose**. Here, the word refers specifically to the way God set apart the Israelites to be a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 924 | EZR | 9 | 2 | wk5m | figs-metaphor | זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ | 1 | have not separated themselves | Here, **seed** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] that means **offspring**. It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. The reference here is specifically to the offspring of Jacob, who also known as Israel, and specifically to his offspring who were living in Judah and Jerusalem, that is, the Jews who had returned from exile. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 925 | EZR | 9 | 2 | oxmn | figs-idiom | בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | have not separated themselves | As in [9:1](../09/01.md), this expression refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 926 | EZR | 9 | 2 | iie7 | figs-metaphor | וְיַ֧ד הַשָּׂרִ֣ים וְהַסְּגָנִ֗ים הָֽיְתָ֛ה בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה רִאשׁוֹנָֽה | 1 | have not separated themselves | Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “And our clan leaders and provincial officials were actually the first ones to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 927 | EZR | 9 | 2 | dwaf | figs-metaphor | בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה | 1 | have not separated themselves | Here, **unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 928 | EZR | 9 | 2 | vdhr | translate-unknown | וְהַסְּגָנִ֗ים | 1 | have not separated themselves | As in [4:9](../04/09.md), this term applies to one kind of provincial official in the Persian Empire. Alternate translation: “provincial officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 929 | EZR | 9 | 2 | yn4s | figs-quotemarks | בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה | 1 | have not separated themselves | This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what the clan leaders told him. If you decided in [9:1](../09/01.md) to mark their words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 930 | EZR | 9 | 3 | ck87 | translate-symaction | קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י וָאֶמְרְטָ֞ה מִשְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁי֙ וּזְקָנִ֔י וָאֵשְׁבָ֖ה מְשׁוֹמֵֽם | 1 | I tore my clothing and my robe and pulled out hair from my head and beard | By performing these actions, Ezra was demonstrating symbolically how serious a wrong the Israelites had committed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women, I tore my tunic and my cloak, I pulled out some hair from my head and my beard, and I sat down stunned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 931 | EZR | 9 | 3 | qhy7 | מְשׁוֹמֵֽם | 1 | When I heard this matter | The sense of this word is that Ezra was so overwhelmed with shock and horror that he did not move or speak. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this. Alternate translation: “stunned” | |
| 932 | EZR | 9 | 4 | k68j | figs-activepassive | וְאֵלַ֣י יֵאָסְפ֗וּ כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ בְּדִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה | 1 | the evening sacrifice | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone came and joined me who was just as distressed as I was about the way the Jews who had returned from exile had disobeyed the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 933 | EZR | 9 | 4 | xsvq | figs-metaphor | כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ | 1 | the evening sacrifice | Often in the Old Testament **tremble** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. That is likely included in the meaning here, but in this context, the expression also seems to indicate an actual physical response to the situation, just as Ezra did not move or speak. Alternate translation: “everyone…who was distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 934 | EZR | 9 | 4 | adr0 | figs-metaphor | בְּדִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | the evening sacrifice | This phrase does not refer to something that God said on this occasion. Rather, it refers figuratively to the commandment that God had given to the Israelites earlier not to intermarry with foreign groups, which Ezra cites in his prayer in [9:10](../09/10.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 935 | EZR | 9 | 4 | sfvr | figs-abstractnouns | עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה | 1 | the evening sacrifice | The abstract noun **exiles** refers in this context to the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. Here, **the exile** seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase **the sons of the exile** in several other places in the book. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “because of the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 936 | EZR | 9 | 4 | ys46 | figs-metaphor | עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה | 1 | the evening sacrifice | As in [9:2](../09/02.md), **unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “because of the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 937 | EZR | 9 | 4 | m8dw | translate-unknown | וַאֲנִי֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב מְשׁוֹמֵ֔ם עַ֖ד לְמִנְחַ֥ת הָעָֽרֶב | 1 | the evening sacrifice | The **offering of the evening** was a sacrifice that the priests would offer around the time that the sun was going down. Alternate translation: “I continued to sit without moving or speaking until the time of the evening sacrifice” or “I continued to sit without moving or speaking for the rest of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 938 | EZR | 9 | 5 | v2nb | figs-idiom | קַ֚מְתִּי מִתַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔י | 1 | my fasting | Even though Ezra had been sitting down and he now got up, in this context the word **arise** means more than that. As in [1:5](../01/05.md), [3:2](../03/02.md), and [5:2](../05/02.md), it means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Ezra had been sitting motionless to show how ashamed and upset he was. Now he began to take action to address the situation the clan leaders had told him about. Alternate translation: “I stopped sitting motionless and began to do something about the situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 939 | EZR | 9 | 5 | zygv | translate-symaction | מִתַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔י וּבְקָרְעִ֥י בִגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י | 1 | my fasting | As the note to [9:3](../09/03.md) explains, Ezra had torn his clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women. By not changing out of his torn clothes, Ezra was continuing to show that symbolically. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I kept wearing my torn clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 940 | EZR | 9 | 5 | qye1 | translate-symaction | וָֽאֶכְרְעָה֙ עַל־בִּרְכַּ֔י וָאֶפְרְשָׂ֥ה כַפַּ֖י אֶל־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽי | 1 | knelt down on my knees, and spread out my hands | These two physical gestures showed publicly that Ezra was going to pray. Alternate translation: “I knelt down and spread out my hands in a gesture of prayer to Yahweh my God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 941 | EZR | 9 | 6 | y5xu | figs-quotemarks | וָאֹמְרָ֗ה | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what he said out loud in prayer on this occasion. The quotation continues through [9:15](../09/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 942 | EZR | 9 | 6 | yz8d | figs-doublet | בֹּ֣שְׁתִּי וְנִכְלַ֔מְתִּי | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | **Ashamed** and **disgraced** mean similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how humiliated he feels by what the Israelites have done. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “deeply humiliated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 943 | EZR | 9 | 6 | xiue | figs-metaphor | לְהָרִ֧ים…פָּנַ֖י אֵלֶ֑יךָ | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | This means **to look at you directly** or **to look at you face to face**, and since Ezra could not do that literally with God, it is a figurative way of saying **to address you**. Alternate translation: “even to speak to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 944 | EZR | 9 | 6 | aca6 | figs-parallelism | כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty the people of Israel are. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that our guilt over them is overwhelming us” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The first phrase speaks of the effects of these sins on the Israelites, while the second phrase speaks of their effects on their standing with God. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 945 | EZR | 9 | 6 | axnk | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the previous sentence describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you. And so …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 946 | EZR | 9 | 6 | krv9 | figs-metaphor | עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | **Multiplied** here, means to become much greater in number. Ezra uses that expression figuratively to describe how serious the sins of the Israelites are. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 947 | EZR | 9 | 6 | eimq | figs-abstractnouns | עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **iniquity** with a phrase such as **commit sin**. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 948 | EZR | 9 | 6 | bzgy | figs-metaphor | לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to describe the degree to which the sins have figuratively become greater in number. Alternate translation: “they are overwhelming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 949 | EZR | 9 | 6 | rls3 | figs-metaphor | וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | In another spatial metaphor, Ezra describes the guilt of this sin as having grown up high like a tree that reaches to the sky. Alternate translation: “our sins are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 950 | EZR | 9 | 6 | c8or | figs-abstractnouns | וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a phrase such as **make guilty**. Alternate translation: “they are making us guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 951 | EZR | 9 | 6 | athx | figs-synecdoche | עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם | 1 | our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens | Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of God by reference to something associated with him, **the heavens** or the sky, which was considered to be the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 952 | EZR | 9 | 7 | sv5f | figs-idiom | מִימֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ | 1 | the days of our fathers | The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “From the time of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 953 | EZR | 9 | 7 | aqdp | figs-metaphor | אֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ | 1 | the days of our fathers | **Fathers** here, figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 954 | EZR | 9 | 7 | jw4h | figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | the days of our fathers | In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time. Alternate translation: “until now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 955 | EZR | 9 | 7 | ur0z | figs-synecdoche | אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה | 1 | the days of our fathers | Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of the disobedience of the Israelites by reference to something associated with it, the guilt that it has caused. Alternate translation: “we have consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 956 | EZR | 9 | 7 | wet1 | figs-abstractnouns | בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה | 1 | very guilty…our iniquities | If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a verb such as **disobey**. Alternate translation: “consistently disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 957 | EZR | 9 | 7 | h1bs | figs-activepassive | וּבַעֲוֺנֹתֵ֡ינוּ נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת | 1 | we…have been delivered into the hand of kings | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because we sinned against you, you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 958 | EZR | 9 | 7 | dr9f | figs-metaphor | נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת | 1 | we…have been delivered into the hand of kings | Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 959 | EZR | 9 | 7 | v9sd | figs-idiom | מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת | 1 | into the hand of kings of the lands | The **kings of the lands** would be the rulers of the **people of the lands** whom Ezra mentions in [9:1](../09/01.md) and [9:2](../09/02.md), and of similar foreign people groups. Alternate translation: “foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 960 | EZR | 9 | 7 | f2hv | figs-idiom | בַּחֶ֜רֶב בַּשְּׁבִ֧י וּבַבִּזָּ֛ה וּבְבֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים | 1 | to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces | These are not the means by which the foreign rulers conquered the Israelites. Rather, they are all things that happened to the Israelites when they were conquered. Alternate translation: “They killed some of us, they took others of us away from our homeland, they stole the things that belonged to us, and all of this has made us greatly ashamed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 961 | EZR | 9 | 7 | kz7f | figs-metonymy | בַּחֶ֜רֶב | 1 | to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces | The sword figuratively represents killing, by reference to one kind of weapon that can kill a person. Alternate translation: “they killed some of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 962 | EZR | 9 | 7 | lc37 | figs-abstractnouns | בַּשְּׁבִ֧י וּבַבִּזָּ֛ה | 1 | to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces | If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind abstract nouns **captivity** and **plunder** with verbs such as **take away** and **steal**. Alternate translation: “they took others away from our homeland, they stole the things that belonged to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 963 | EZR | 9 | 7 | uvig | figs-synecdoche | וּבְבֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים | 1 | to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces | Here, Ezra uses the **face** to describe the whole person figuratively, by reference to one part of a person, their face, which would show their shame by its expression. Alternate translation: “made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 964 | EZR | 9 | 7 | nj7e | figs-idiom | כְּהַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces | In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time. Alternate translation: “And that is still our situation now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 965 | EZR | 9 | 8 | q4h6 | figs-idiom | כִּמְעַט־רֶגַע֩ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Alternate translation: “for just a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 966 | EZR | 9 | 8 | jqq9 | figs-abstractnouns | הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Here, abstract noun **favor** refers to one person helping another even if they do not deserve it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase such as “be merciful.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 967 | EZR | 9 | 8 | ym5g | figs-personification | הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Ezra speaks here of favor or mercy as if it could travel from Yahweh to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 968 | EZR | 9 | 8 | rdwg | figs-123person | הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Ezra is speaking to Yahweh in prayer, and accordingly he addresses him in the second person in [9:6](../09/06.md) and in [9:10–15](../09/10.md). But here he speaks of God in the third person to show humility and respect, as people of this time did when speaking to superiors. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh our God, have been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 969 | EZR | 9 | 8 | vhtl | figs-metaphor | וְלָתֶת־לָ֥נוּ יָתֵ֖ד | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Ezra speaks figuratively of the Jews’ current situation of safety and security as if it were a **peg**, such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “brought us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 970 | EZR | 9 | 8 | b420 | figs-idiom | בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | **Holy** means **set apart for a special purpose**. The temple was God’s **holy place** because it was set apart for his worship. Alternate translation: “in his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 971 | EZR | 9 | 8 | jjw0 | figs-123person | בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “in your temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 972 | EZR | 9 | 8 | q90t | בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Ezra speaks of the **peg** figuratively as if it were in God’s temple, likely because God was considered to be present there. Alternate translation: “in your presence” | |
| 973 | EZR | 9 | 8 | lst9 | figs-metonymy | בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Ezra may be speaking of the presence of God figuratively by association to mean the protection of God. Alternate translation: “under your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 974 | EZR | 9 | 8 | h7p2 | grammar-connect-logic-result | לְהָאִ֤יר | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | This word indicates that the phrase it introduces explains the results of what the previous phrases have described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 975 | EZR | 9 | 8 | e1ad | figs-123person | לְהָאִ֤יר…אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “so that you, our God, could” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 976 | EZR | 9 | 8 | gg6p | figs-parallelism | לְהָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙…וּלְתִתֵּ֛נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּעַבְדֻתֵֽנוּ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how merciful God has been to the community of returned exiles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “enable our community to thrive a little even under foreign domination” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how God has accomplished what the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “give us a new vitality by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 977 | EZR | 9 | 8 | fzoq | figs-metaphor | לְהָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | To brighten the eyes of a person means figuratively to give them a new vitality. Alternate translation: “give us a new vitality” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 978 | EZR | 9 | 8 | f4s0 | figs-explicit | וּלְתִתֵּ֛נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּעַבְדֻתֵֽנוּ | 1 | grace has been shown from Yahweh our God | Since Ezra says that God has made the community figuratively more alive **in our bondage**, he seems to be referring implicitly to the greater measure of freedom that King Artaxerxes has allowed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 979 | EZR | 9 | 9 | psz0 | figs-litotes | לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | but he extended covenant faithfulness to us | Here, Ezra uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “our God has continued to help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 980 | EZR | 9 | 9 | n7de | figs-123person | לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | but he extended covenant faithfulness to us | Ezra continues to speak of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, our God, have not abandoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 981 | EZR | 9 | 9 | gk7w | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וַֽיַּט | 1 | but he extended covenant faithfulness to us | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the Israelites might have expected God to do, since they were being punished for their disobedience, and what God actually did. You could begin the sentence with a phrase such as “on the contrary” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 982 | EZR | 9 | 9 | h0hr | figs-metaphor | וַֽיַּט־עָלֵ֣ינוּ חֶ֡סֶד | 1 | but he extended covenant faithfulness to us | As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he has helped us, as he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 983 | EZR | 9 | 9 | xh8d | figs-abstractnouns | וַֽיַּט־עָלֵ֣ינוּ חֶ֡סֶד לִפְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס | 1 | but he extended covenant faithfulness to us | Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md) and [7:28](../07/28.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel, in order to keep the promises he made to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **help**. Alternate translation: “he has helped us, as he promised, by leading the king of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 984 | EZR | 9 | 9 | eb2m | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס | 1 | in the sight of the king of Persia | Here, **face** refers figuratively to the way a person regards things, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. Alternate translation: “by leading the kings of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 985 | EZR | 9 | 9 | jkj1 | figs-explicit | מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס | 1 | in the sight of the king of Persia | Ezra probably uses the plural **kings** to acknowledge implicitly that not just Artaxerxes, but also Cyrus and Darius before him, treated the Jews favorably by allowing them to rebuild the temple and by supporting the worship there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could name these kings explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus, King Darius, and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 986 | EZR | 9 | 9 | sc72 | figs-metaphor | לָֽתֶת־לָ֣נוּ מִֽחְיָ֗ה | 1 | in the sight of the king of Persia | As in [9:8](../09/08.md), **reviving** or renewed life seems in context to be a figurative expression for greater freedom. Alternate translation: “so that they gave us greater freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 987 | EZR | 9 | 9 | kdnc | figs-parallelism | לְרוֹמֵ֞ם אֶת־בֵּ֤ית אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ וּלְהַעֲמִ֣יד אֶת־חָרְבֹתָ֔יו | 1 | in the sight of the king of Persia | These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra says essentially the same thing twice, probably to emphasize how remarkable this was after all the opposition there had been to it. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is stronger because it indicates that the temple had previously been destroyed but now it was being restored. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God by repairing its ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 988 | EZR | 9 | 9 | mpbv | figs-metaphor | לְרוֹמֵ֞ם | 1 | in the sight of the king of Persia | To raise up a building is a figurative expression for building it. Alternate translation: “rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 989 | EZR | 9 | 9 | f833 | figs-metaphor | וּלְהַעֲמִ֣יד | 1 | the house of our God | Like **raise up**, this is a figurative expression for building. Alternate translation: “repairing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 990 | EZR | 9 | 9 | b5aw | figs-metaphor | וְלָֽתֶת־לָ֣נוּ גָדֵ֔ר בִּֽיהוּדָ֖ה וּבִירוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | to give us a wall | Ezra is not referring to a literal wall. (The walls of Jerusalem were still broken down at this time. They would not be repaired until Nehemiah came to the city over a dozen years later.) Rather, he means figuratively that the Persian kings authorized the returned exiles to re-establish their community in Judah and Jerusalem, and so they would protect their right to live there. It is as if the Jews are surrounded by a protective wall. Alternate translation: “and given us a safe place to live in Judah and Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 991 | EZR | 9 | 10 | a9fk | figs-rquestion | וְעַתָּ֛ה מַה־נֹּאמַ֥ר אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ אַֽחֲרֵי־זֹ֑את | 1 | to give us a wall | Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him what excuses he can give for the disobedience of the Israelites. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Israelites really have no excuses. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, our God, we really have no excuses, after you have helped us so much.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 992 | EZR | 9 | 10 | akg2 | figs-metaphor | עָזַ֖בְנוּ מִצְוֺתֶֽיךָ | 1 | to give us a wall | As in [8:22](../08/22.md), forsaking or abandoning God is a metaphor for disobeying him or refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “we have disobeyed your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 993 | EZR | 9 | 11 | v7am | figs-metaphor | אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּ֗יתָ בְּיַ֨ד עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ הַנְּבִיאִים֮ | 1 | to give us a wall | Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. This expression means that God gave these commandments by having the prophets speak them to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “which you told your servants, the prophets, to speak to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 994 | EZR | 9 | 11 | nqdl | figs-quotemarks | לֵאמֹר֒ | 1 | to give us a wall | After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what the prophets commanded the people on Yahweh’s behalf. So this is a quotation within a quotation. That is, Ezra is quoting the prayer that he prayed on this occasion, and within that prayer, he is quoting what the prophets said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 995 | EZR | 9 | 11 | cqpt | figs-metaphor | אֶ֤רֶץ נִדָּה֙ הִ֔יא בְּנִדַּ֖ת עַמֵּ֣י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | to give us a wall | The prophets speak figuratively of the land of Canaan as if it were itself impure, because it was a place where the people did things that were so displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “a land whose inhabitants do things that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 996 | EZR | 9 | 11 | n022 | figs-metaphor | בְּנִדַּ֖ת | 1 | to give us a wall | The prophets speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were contaminated. Alternate translation: “things that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 997 | EZR | 9 | 11 | t4gi | figs-idiom | עַמֵּ֣י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת | 1 | to give us a wall | See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). Here it refers to members of other people groups who were living in the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 998 | EZR | 9 | 11 | y2ii | figs-metaphor | בְּתוֹעֲבֹֽתֵיהֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלְא֛וּהָ | 1 | to give us a wall | **Abominations**, like **impurity**, refers to things that people do that are displeasing to God. As in [9:1](../09/01.md), the term indicates that God cannot stand to have these things in his presence. The prophets speak figuratively of these things as if they were accumulating physically and filling up the land. Alternate translation: “throughout the land, they have been doing things that God cannot stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 999 | EZR | 9 | 11 | vo7q | figs-metaphor | מִפֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה | 1 | to give us a wall | Here, **mouth” is a figurative way of saying **edge**, **end**, or **extremity**, probably by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “from one end to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1000 | EZR | 9 | 11 | ctyk | figs-metaphor | בְּטֻמְאָתָֽם | 1 | to give us a wall | The prophets also speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were dirty. Alternate translation: “through the things they do that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1001 | EZR | 9 | 12 | evio | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְ֠עַתָּה | 1 | to give us a wall | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 1002 | EZR | 9 | 12 | sea2 | figs-idiom | בְּֽנוֹתֵיכֶ֞ם אַל־תִּתְּנ֣וּ לִבְנֵיהֶ֗ם | 1 | to give us a wall | This expression means specifically to give daughters in marriage. Alternate translation: “do not arrange marriages between your daughters and their sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1003 | EZR | 9 | 12 | pe30 | figs-idiom | וּבְנֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אַל־תִּשְׂא֣וּ לִבְנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | to give us a wall | As in [9:2](../09/02.md), to **lift a daughter** is an idiom that means to get a wife. Alternate translation: “and do not get wives for your sons from their daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1004 | EZR | 9 | 12 | o8bm | figs-idiom | וְלֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛ם וְטוֹבָתָ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם | 1 | to give us a wall | **Until eternity** is a Hebrew expression that means **for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future**. Alternate translation: “and never do anything that contributes to their welfare or prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1005 | EZR | 9 | 12 | qq14 | figs-doublet | וְלֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛ם וְטוֹבָתָ֖ם | 1 | to give us a wall | **Peace** and **good** mean similar things. The prophets use them together to emphasize the importance of this commandment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression, as UST does, saying “cause things to go well.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 1006 | EZR | 9 | 12 | sfei | figs-parallelism | לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וַאֲכַלְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ט֣וּב הָאָ֔רֶץ | 1 | to give us a wall | These two phrases mean similar things. The prophets say essentially the same thing twice, to emphasize the blessings that the Israelites would enjoy if they obeyed these commandments. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a prosperous nation in that place” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how the nation would become strong, as the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a strong nation by growing and enjoying abundant harvests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 1007 | EZR | 9 | 12 | r9c0 | figs-idiom | וְהוֹרַשְׁתֶּ֥ם לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָֽם | 1 | to give us a wall | As earlier in the sentence, **until eternity** means **for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future**. Alternate translation: “so that your descendants will always be able to live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1008 | EZR | 9 | 12 | s1e8 | figs-metaphor | לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם | 1 | to give us a wall | Here, **sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1009 | EZR | 9 | 12 | uax9 | figs-quotemarks | עַד־עוֹלָֽם | 1 | forever | After this phrase Ezra ends his quotation of what Yahweh commanded through the prophets. If you decided in [9:11](../09/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 1010 | EZR | 9 | 13 | am2g | figs-parallelism | בְּמַעֲשֵׂ֨ינוּ֙ הָרָעִ֔ים וּבְאַשְׁמָתֵ֖נוּ הַגְּדֹלָ֑ה | 1 | forever | These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “since we are so guilty because of the wrong things we have done” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “since have committed such great sins, and since we are so guilty as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 1011 | EZR | 9 | 13 | ulhq | writing-background | כִּ֣י | 1 | forever | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information about the situation that Ezra is describing. Alternate translation: “in fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1012 | EZR | 9 | 13 | hd7r | figs-idiom | חָשַׂ֤כְתָּֽ לְמַ֨טָּה֙ מֵֽעֲוֺנֵ֔נוּ | 1 | forever | This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “have not punished us as fully as our sins deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1013 | EZR | 9 | 13 | w379 | figs-explicit | וְנָתַ֥תָּה לָּ֛נוּ פְּלֵיטָ֖ה כָּזֹֽאת | 1 | forever | Ezra is referring implicitly to himself and to the other Jews who have returned from exile. Alternate translation: “and you have allowed some of us to return to our homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1014 | EZR | 9 | 14 | jh1x | figs-rquestion | הֲנָשׁוּב֙ לְהָפֵ֣ר מִצְוֺתֶ֔יךָ וּ֨לְהִתְחַתֵּ֔ן בְּעַמֵּ֥י הַתֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָאֵ֑לֶּה | 1 | should we again break your commandments and intermarry with the people of these abominations? | Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him whether the people should once again disobey. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for them to stop intermarrying with the other people groups. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we certainly should not break your commandments again by intermarrying with peoples who do things that you cannot stand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1015 | EZR | 9 | 14 | pm7m | figs-idiom | בְּעַמֵּ֥י הַתֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָאֵ֑לֶּה | 1 | should we again break your commandments and intermarry with the people of these abominations? | As in [9:1](../09/01.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md), the term **abominations** refers to things that God cannot stand to have in his presence. Alternate translation: “the people groups who do these things that God cannot stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1016 | EZR | 9 | 14 | mn62 | figs-rquestion | הֲל֤וֹא תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה לְאֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּפְלֵיטָֽה | 1 | Would you not be angry…no remnant or survivor? | Once again Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him whether he would be angry with the Jews. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how angry God would become. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “If we did that, you would be totally angry with us, and you would not leave any of us here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1017 | EZR | 9 | 14 | tlu0 | figs-idiom | תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה | 1 | Would you not be angry…no remnant or survivor? | This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “totally angry with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1018 | EZR | 9 | 14 | ulm6 | figs-doublet | לְאֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּפְלֵיטָֽה | 1 | Would you not be angry…no remnant or survivor? | **Remnant** and **survivors** mean the same thing. Ezra uses the terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “you would not leave any of us here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 1019 | EZR | 9 | 15 | qhg9 | grammar-connect-logic-result | יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ צַדִּ֣יק אַ֔תָּה כִּֽי־נִשְׁאַ֥רְנוּ פְלֵיטָ֖ה כְּהַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | Look | If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for what the first phrase says. Alternate translation: “Only a small number of us are now left, and we acknowledge that you, Yahweh, the God of Israel, were right to punish us this way.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 1020 | EZR | 9 | 15 | nw97 | figs-idiom | כְּהַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | Look | In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1021 | EZR | 9 | 15 | a177 | figs-parallelism | הִנְנ֤וּ לְפָנֶ֨יךָ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָתֵ֔ינוּ כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין לַעֲמ֛וֹד לְפָנֶ֖יךָ עַל־זֹֽאת | 1 | We are before you in our guilt | These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition for emphasis as he makes this confession of guilt on behalf of the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “We have come into your presence to admit that we are guilty.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more intensive. Alternate translation: “We have come into your presence to admit that we are guilty, and none of us can plead any grounds for acquittal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 1022 | EZR | 9 | 15 | lh5h | figs-metonymy | לְפָנֶ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | no one can stand before you because of this | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “into your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1023 | EZR | 9 | 15 | el20 | figs-idiom | אֵ֥ין לַעֲמ֛וֹד לְפָנֶ֖יךָ | 1 | no one can stand before you because of this | To **stand** is a Hebrew idiom meaning to be acquitted. (For example, in Psalm 130:3, “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” and Psalm 1:5, “The wicked will not stand in the judgment.”) Alternate translation: “none of us can plead any grounds for acquittal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1024 | EZR | 9 | 15 | vlk8 | figs-quotemarks | לְפָנֶ֖יךָ | 1 | no one can stand before you because of this | This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of the prayer that he prayed on this occasion. If you decided in [9:6](../09/06.md) to mark his words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 1025 | EZR | 10 | intro | ah4y | 0 | # Ezra 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriages<br>The people agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Many Jews were involved in these mixed marriages. Divorce should not normally have been common for the Jews to engage in, but marriage with non-Jewish women was not allowed. | |||
| 1026 | EZR | 10 | 1 | ufb1 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּכְהִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּכְ֨הִתְוַדֹּת֔וֹ…נִקְבְּצוּ֩ אֵלָ֨יו מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֜ל קָהָ֣ל רַב־מְאֹ֗ד…כִּֽי־בָכ֥וּ הָעָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה | 1 | As Ezra was praying and confessing, weeping and throwing himself down | If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the last sentence in the verse before the second phrase of the first sentence, since it gives the reason for the results that phrase describes. You could also show the connection by using a phrase like “and so.” Alternate translation: “While Ezra was praying this prayer of confession, the people began to weep very bitterly because they realized that they had sinned and were guilty. And so a very large crowd of Israelites…gathered to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 1027 | EZR | 10 | 1 | elvd | figs-parallelism | וּכְהִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּכְ֨הִתְוַדֹּת֔וֹ | 1 | As Ezra was praying and confessing, weeping and throwing himself down | These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “while Ezra was praying this prayer of confession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 1028 | EZR | 10 | 1 | ekt7 | translate-symaction | וּמִתְנַפֵּ֔ל לִפְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים | 1 | throwing himself down | By falling down onto the ground in front of the temple, Ezra was symbolically pleading with God, who was considered to be present in the temple, the way a supplicant would get down with his face on the ground to plead with a powerful person in this culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pleading with God by falling down onto the ground in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 1029 | EZR | 10 | 1 | vcs1 | figs-metaphor | לִפְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים | 1 | before the house of God | Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1030 | EZR | 10 | 1 | ry9k | figs-explicit | בָכ֥וּ הָעָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה | 1 | before the house of God | The implication is that the people were weeping because they realized what a wrong thing they had done and how guilty they were because of it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people began to weep very bitterly because they realized that they had sinned and were guilty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1031 | EZR | 10 | 2 | ygp9 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַיַּעַן֩ | 1 | Shekaniah | This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 1032 | EZR | 10 | 2 | zx9r | translate-names | שְׁכַנְיָ֨ה בֶן־יְחִיאֵ֜ל | 1 | Shekaniah | Shekaniah is the name of a man, and Jehiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1033 | EZR | 10 | 2 | at6v | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֤י עֵילָם֙ | 1 | Jehiel | **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1034 | EZR | 10 | 2 | v7rt | translate-names | עֵילָם֙ | 1 | Jehiel | **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1035 | EZR | 10 | 2 | hqgs | figs-hendiadys | וַיַּעַן֩…וַיֹּ֣אמֶר | 1 | Jehiel | Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words mean that Shekaniah responded to the situation that the Jews were facing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 1036 | EZR | 10 | 2 | wbo8 | figs-quotemarks | וַיֹּ֣אמֶר לְעֶזְרָ֔א | 1 | Jehiel | After this phrase the book begins to quote what Shekaniah said to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 1037 | EZR | 10 | 2 | af7v | figs-metaphor | אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ מָעַ֣לְנוּ בֵאלֹהֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | As in [9:2](../09/02.md) and [9:4](../09/04.md), **unfaithfulness** figuratively means “disobedience.” Alternate translation: “We ourselves have disobeyed our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1038 | EZR | 10 | 2 | jfau | figs-idiom | וַנֹּ֛שֶׁב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּ֖וֹת מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | To **cause to dwell** is an idiom that means “to marry.” Alternate translation: “and have married foreign women from the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1039 | EZR | 10 | 2 | kucg | figs-idiom | מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1040 | EZR | 10 | 2 | dp2y | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וְעַתָּ֛ה | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way the situation appeared to be hopeless and the fact that the Jews could still do something about it. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 1041 | EZR | 10 | 2 | k21b | figs-personification | וְעַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | Here, Shekaniah refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “there is still hope for the Israelites in this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 1042 | EZR | 10 | 2 | xeuk | figs-123person | וְעַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | Though Shekaniah speaks of the Israelites in the third person, the term includes himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this phrase in the second person. Alternate translation: “there is still hope for us in this matter” or “there is still something that we can do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 1043 | EZR | 10 | 2 | yh2o | figs-inclusive | וְעַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | Since Shekaniah is speaking to Ezra and the term **the Israelites** applies to him as well, if you choose to translate this phrase in the second person, the term “us” or “we” should include the addressee, if your language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “there is still hope for us in this matter” or “there is still something that we can do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) |
| 1044 | EZR | 10 | 3 | ysow | figs-idiom | נִֽכְרָת־בְּרִ֣ית | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | This is a Hebrew idiom that means “to make or enter into a covenant,” which is a solemn agreement between two parties. Alternate translation: “make a solemn agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1045 | EZR | 10 | 3 | w4zm | figs-idiom | לְהוֹצִ֨יא כָל־נָשִׁ֜ים וְהַנּוֹלָ֤ד מֵהֶם֙ | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | **To cause to go out** is a Hebrew idiom that means “to divorce and send away.” Alternate translation: “to divorce and send away all of these foreign wives and their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1046 | EZR | 10 | 3 | zmyn | figs-activepassive | וְהַנּוֹלָ֤ד מֵהֶם֙ | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a noun to represent this phrase that uses a passive verb form. Alternate translation: “their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1047 | EZR | 10 | 3 | iljp | figs-123person | בַּעֲצַ֣ת אֲדֹנָ֔י | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | Shekaniah addresses Ezra in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate this with the second person. “We will do it in the way that you advise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 1048 | EZR | 10 | 3 | zzvz | figs-metaphor | וְהַחֲרֵדִ֖ים בְּמִצְוַ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | As in [9:4](../09/04.md), **tremble** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. Alternate translation: “and in the way that seems right to everyone who respects the commandment of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1049 | EZR | 10 | 3 | hla5 | figs-activepassive | וְכַתּוֹרָ֖ה יֵעָשֶֽׂה | 1 | We have been unfaithful to our God | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “And let us make sure that we are following what the law commands.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1050 | EZR | 10 | 4 | tx9m | figs-idiom | ק֛וּם | 1 | we are with you | Here, as in several other places in the book, **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “Do something about this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1051 | EZR | 10 | 4 | ao5k | figs-idiom | כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥יךָ הַדָּבָ֖ר | 1 | we are with you | This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “because this is your responsibility.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1052 | EZR | 10 | 4 | d8d8 | figs-idiom | כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥יךָ הַדָּבָ֖ר | 1 | we are with you | The implication is that this was Ezra’s responsibility because King Artaxerxes had given him the mandate to teach the Jews to follow the commandments of Yahweh and the authority to ensure that they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because this is your responsibility, since the king told you to teach us Yahweh’s commandments and make sure that we followed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1053 | EZR | 10 | 4 | m4vg | וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ עִמָּ֑ךְ | 1 | we are with you | Alternate translation: “we will support you” | |
| 1054 | EZR | 10 | 4 | hrga | figs-ellipsis | חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה | 1 | we are with you | Here, Shekaniah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Be strong and take action to address this matter.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1055 | EZR | 10 | 4 | bhrm | figs-quotemarks | חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה | 1 | we are with you | After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Shekaniah said to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:2](../10/02.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 1056 | EZR | 10 | 5 | v0zf | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיָּ֣קָם | 1 | we are with you | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 1057 | EZR | 10 | 5 | p6uh | figs-idiom | וַיָּ֣קָם עֶזְרָ֡א | 1 | we are with you | Once again **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “Ezra took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1058 | EZR | 10 | 5 | medp | figs-explicit | לַעֲשׂ֛וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה | 1 | we are with you | The implication in context is that **this word** refers to Shekaniah’s recommendation that the Jews send away all the foreign wives and their children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to do what Shekaniah had recommended and make the Israelites send away all the foreign wives and their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1059 | EZR | 10 | 6 | k8jp | figs-metaphor | מִלִּפְנֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | As in [10:1](../10/01.md), **face** here figuratively means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “from in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1060 | EZR | 10 | 6 | j78q | figs-explicit | וַיֵּ֕לֶךְ אֶל־לִשְׁכַּ֖ת יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | As in [8:29](../08/29.md), **chamber** means a room, and in context here it seems to refer similarly to one of the rooms in the temple. Eliashib was the high priest, and so it is probable that one of his family members would have had a room there. The book does not say why Ezra went to one of the rooms in the temple, but the implication is that he did so in order to meet further with the community leaders and make plans for the assembly that the following verses describe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And he went to one of the rooms in the temple, the one that belonged to Jehohanan the grandson of Eliashib, to meet further with the leaders to make plans to call an assembly of all the returned exiles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1061 | EZR | 10 | 6 | z4zq | figs-metaphor | יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | Jehohanan was actually the grandson of Eliashib, so **son** figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jehohanan the grandson of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1062 | EZR | 10 | 6 | j3bg | translate-names | יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן…אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1063 | EZR | 10 | 6 | vkgv | figs-ellipsis | וַיֵּ֣לֶךְ שָׁ֗ם לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | Here the book leaves out some of the words that would ordinarily be needed in order to express a complete meaning. Alternate translation: “When he went there, he did not eat or drink anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1064 | EZR | 10 | 6 | b5wa | grammar-connect-logic-result | לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was still grieving over the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat or drink anything.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 1065 | EZR | 10 | 6 | fwd9 | translate-symaction | לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | Not eating or drinking was a symbolic action whose purpose was to show that Ezra was grieving over the disobedience of the exiles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to show that he was still grieving over the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat or drink anything.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 1066 | EZR | 10 | 6 | cs2r | figs-synecdoche | לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | It is likely that the story is using bread, one kind of food, to represent all food, and that it is using water, one kind of drink, to represent all drink. Alternate translation: “He did not eat or drink anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1067 | EZR | 10 | 6 | s6oc | figs-metaphor | מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | **Unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1068 | EZR | 10 | 6 | dt20 | figs-abstractnouns | מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | The abstract noun **exiles** describes the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. (The term seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase “the sons of the exile” that is used in several places in the book, including in the next verse.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1069 | EZR | 10 | 7 | egfd | figs-metonymy | וַיַּעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֜וֹל בִּיהוּדָ֣ה וִירֽוּשָׁלִַ֗ם | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | As in [1:1](../01/01.md), this **voice** is a voice speaking a message, and it figuratively represents the message that the voice speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “they sent messengers throughout Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1070 | EZR | 10 | 7 | sni5 | figs-idiom | בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and has taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1071 | EZR | 10 | 7 | fkhl | figs-abstractnouns | בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה | 1 | Jehohanan…Eliashib | The abstract noun **exile** refers to the way the Babylonians had taken the Jews as captives and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with a verb such as “return,” which would describe the present situation of some of these Jews and their descendants. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1072 | EZR | 10 | 8 | tv2h | כַּעֲצַ֤ת הַשָּׂרִים֙ וְהַזְּקֵנִ֔ים | 1 | Everyone who did not come…all his property would be forfeited, and he would be excluded | Alternate translation: “as the leaders and elders had specified they must” | |
| 1073 | EZR | 10 | 8 | a5ia | figs-idiom | יָחֳרַ֖ם כָּל־רְכוּשׁ֑וֹ | 1 | three days | **Devoted to the ban** is an idiom that refers to the complete loss of property. While in earlier times this would have meant that the property would be totally destroyed, in this context it likely meant that it would be confiscated and sold and that the proceeds would be put in the temple treasury. Alternate translation: “all of his property would be confiscated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1074 | EZR | 10 | 8 | gf6s | figs-idiom | וְה֥וּא יִבָּדֵ֖ל מִקְּהַ֥ל הַגּוֹלָֽה | 1 | three days | **Separated from the assembly** is a Hebrew idiom that means to be expelled from the community and no longer considered a Jew. Alternate translation: “And he himself would be expelled from the Jewish community.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1075 | EZR | 10 | 8 | hnmq | figs-abstractnouns | מִקְּהַ֥ל הַגּוֹלָֽה | 1 | three days | As often in the book, the abstract noun **exiles** here refers to the way the Jews had been transported away from their homeland but had since returned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with a verb such as “return.” Alternate translation: “the community of Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1076 | EZR | 10 | 9 | kp1w | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיִּקָּבְצ֣וּ | 1 | in three days | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 1077 | EZR | 10 | 9 | je29 | figs-personification | כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּבִנְיָמִ֨ן | 1 | in three days | Here the story refers to all of the descendants of Judah figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Judah, and similarly to the descendants of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the men from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 1078 | EZR | 10 | 9 | pfo4 | figs-synecdoche | כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּבִנְיָמִ֨ן | 1 | in three days | Since the assembly included Israelites from other tribes (for example, the priests and the Levites, who were both from the tribe of Levi), the book is using the tribes of Judah and Benjamin to represent all the Israelite tribes. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1079 | EZR | 10 | 9 | e785 | figs-metonymy | כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּבִנְיָמִ֨ן | 1 | in three days | Another way to look at this is that the book is describing all of the Israelites figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the area in which they were now living, which had previously been the territory of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1080 | EZR | 10 | 9 | v2eh | translate-hebrewmonths | ה֛וּא חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַתְּשִׁיעִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ | 1 | ninth month and the twentieth day of the month | You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “It was the twentieth day of the ninth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 1081 | EZR | 10 | 9 | keco | figs-explicit | ה֛וּא חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַתְּשִׁיעִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ | 1 | ninth month and the twentieth day of the month | Since the story does not say otherwise, the implication is that this was still the same year in which Ezra returned to Jerusalem, that is, the seventh year of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It was the twentieth day of the ninth month in the seventh year of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1082 | EZR | 10 | 9 | egr3 | translate-ordinal | בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ | 1 | ninth month and the twentieth day of the month | The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **twenty**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “twentieth,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the twentieth day of month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 1083 | EZR | 10 | 9 | j9d3 | translate-unknown | בִּרְחוֹב֙ בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים | 1 | in the square | **Open place** means a “plaza” or “square” in the city where there were no buildings and so where large gatherings like this could be held. Alternate translation: “in the temple square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1084 | EZR | 10 | 9 | qlio | figs-metaphor | מַרְעִידִ֥ים עַל־הַדָּבָ֖ר וּמֵהַגְּשָׁמִֽים | 1 | in the square | As elsewhere in the book, **tremble** here may be a metaphor meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. However, the people were likely trembling literally because of the rain, that is, shaking with cold. So the book is either mixing figurative and literal uses of the same term, or the people were literally shaking because they were all being called to account for a serious disobedience. Alternate translation: “deeply serious about the issue of disobedience and shaking with cold from the rain” or “shaking with fear because they were being called to account for disobedience and shaking with cold because of the rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1085 | EZR | 10 | 10 | o09g | figs-idiom | וַיָּ֨קָם עֶזְרָ֤א הַכֹּהֵן֙ וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵהֶ֔ם | 1 | have acted unfaithfully | As often in the book, **arise** here means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “Ezra began the assembly by saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1086 | EZR | 10 | 10 | rlnr | figs-informremind | עֶזְרָ֤א הַכֹּהֵן֙ | 1 | have acted unfaithfully | Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) |
| 1087 | EZR | 10 | 10 | wr45 | figs-quotemarks | וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵהֶ֔ם | 1 | have acted unfaithfully | After this phrase the book begins to quote what Ezra said to the assembly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 1088 | EZR | 10 | 10 | x4sz | figs-metaphor | מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַתֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת | 1 | have acted unfaithfully | **Unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “disobeyed by marrying foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1089 | EZR | 10 | 10 | v95n | figs-metaphor | מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַתֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת | 1 | adding to the guilt of Israel | The implication is that this was disobedience to the commandment of Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “disobeyed the commandment of Yahweh by marrying foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1090 | EZR | 10 | 10 | nduh | figs-idiom | וַתֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת | 1 | adding to the guilt of Israel | See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1091 | EZR | 10 | 11 | m0l7 | figs-idiom | וְעַתָּ֗ה תְּנ֥וּ תוֹדָ֛ה לַיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם | 1 | separate yourselves | In this context, **give praise** is an idiom that means “make confession.” Alternate translation: “confess to Yahweh, the God of your ancestors, that you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1092 | EZR | 10 | 11 | b2x3 | figs-metaphor | אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם | 1 | separate yourselves | **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1093 | EZR | 10 | 11 | man9 | figs-metaphor | וַעֲשׂ֣וּ רְצוֹנ֑וֹ וְהִבָּֽדְלוּ֙ מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ וּמִן־הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת | 1 | separate yourselves | With regard to the other people groups, the word **separate** means dissolving the alliances that had been formed with them by marriage. With regard to the foreign wives, it is a figurative term for divorce. Alternate translation: “and obey him by divorcing and sending away your foreign wives, and thereby breaking the alliances you have formed with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1094 | EZR | 10 | 11 | eyne | figs-idiom | מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ | 1 | separate yourselves | This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1095 | EZR | 10 | 11 | ofga | figs-quotemarks | הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת | 1 | separate yourselves | After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Ezra said to the assembly on this occasion. If you decided in [10:10](../10/10.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 1096 | EZR | 10 | 12 | tatu | figs-hendiadys | וַיַּֽעְנ֧וּ…וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ | 1 | separate yourselves | See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 1097 | EZR | 10 | 12 | hvpb | figs-quotemarks | ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל | 1 | separate yourselves | After this phrase the book begins to quote what the assembly replied to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) |
| 1098 | EZR | 10 | 12 | jgje | figs-idiom | כֵּ֛ן כִּדְבָרְךָ֥ עָלֵ֖ינוּ לַעֲשֽׂוֹת | 1 | separate yourselves | Like the similar expression “the matter is on you” in [10:4](../10/04.md), this is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “We agree, it is our responsibility to do what you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1099 | EZR | 10 | 13 | sjoy | figs-explicit | הָעָ֥ם רָב֙ | 1 | this is not the work of one or two days | The implication is that there are too many people potentially involved with the problem to deal with all at once. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are too many people to deal with all at once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1100 | EZR | 10 | 13 | ns3z | figs-idiom | וְהָעֵ֣ת גְּשָׁמִ֔ים וְאֵ֥ין כֹּ֖חַ לַעֲמ֣וֹד בַּח֑וּץ | 1 | this is not the work of one or two days | To say that there is **no strength** for something is an idiom in Hebrew meaning that |
| The file is too large to be shown. View Raw |